You are on page 1of 167

TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Lista - AFA
https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/s/Q2mbSz
Ordenação: Por Matéria

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077204

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


1) Look at the chart in the text. Read the transcript and answer the question accordingly.

(Adapted from https://www.ipsos.com/en-uk/. Accessed on March 28, 2022.)

Transcript:

Q: To what extent, if at all, do you feel that your generation will have had a better or worse life than your parent’s generation, or will it be about the same?

Key: Better
Total
Great Britain

Under 30s

1 China 78%

2 Brazil 48%

3 Turkey 47%

4 India 46%

5 Japan 41%

6 Russia 41%

7 S. Africa 41%

T Total 37%

8 Argentina 34%

9 Sweden 32%

10 Australia 30%

11 Germany 30%

12 Poland 30%

13 S. Korea 27%

14 US 26%

15 Canada 24%

16 GB 22%

1 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

17 Italy 21%

18 Spain 16%

19 France 16%

20 Belgium 12%

The verb tense used in your generation will have had a better or worse life

a) shows that something will be in progress at a particular moment in the future.


b) refers to something that will be looked back on at a certain time in the future.
c) is used to talk about actions that will continue for a period of time in the future.
d) can be used to talk about intentions and plans that will happen in the future.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077240

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


2) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Oh, I’ve just come from the land of the sun


From a war that must be won
In the name of truth
With our soldiers so brave
Your freedom we will save
With our rifles and grenades
And some help from God
I want to see my family
My wife and child waiting for me
I’ve got to go home
I’ve been so alone you see
You just can’t believe
The joy I did receive
When I finally got my leave
And I was going home
Oh, I flew through the sky
My convictions could not lie
For my country I would die
And I will see it soon
When I walked through the door
My wife she laid upon the floor
And with tears her eyes were sore
I did not know why
Then I looked into her hand
And I saw the telegram
Said that I was a brave, brave man
But that I was dead

(SUMMER, Bernard; GILBERT, Gillian; HOOK, Peter; MORRIS, Stephen. Lyrics to Love Vigilantes, performed by New Order, Low Life CD, track 1, Universal Music Publishing Group, 1986. Taken from
https://lyricfind.com)

The following sentence shows an instance of colloquial language:

a) I have got to go home.


b) I have been so alone.
c) I did not know why.
d) I want to see my family.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077286

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


3) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, caused something of a stir at the annual Air Force Association’s Air Warfare Symposium in Orlando, Florida. During an [A]
informal ‘fireside chat’ with Lt. Gen. John Thompson of Space Command on Friday, Musk told a room packed with fighter pilots that “the fighter jet era has passed”. Now,
Musk is renowned for finding soundbites for the media to hook onto, and also of causing [D] calculated disruption in his target audience, but even by his standards this is
a well-baited line. What makes this such a bold and controversial statement?

The contemporary battlefield is far more networked, complex, congested and lethal – it’s those that adapt that will survive. Simply being ‘a good stick’ will rapidly no
longer cut it in the hostile skies of the future.

Musk’s main thrust is, however, that the human in the cockpit is the limiting factor in air combat now, not the advantage.

Firstly, humans are awkward for aircraft designers to accommodate. In a modern fighter the pilot sits on an ejection seat for emergency escape, needs an oxygen supply
and air-conditioning to function at extremes of temperature and altitude, and requires flight controls and instruments to fly and fight the machine. All of these add a
significant amount of weight and cost into the aircraft. Moreover, having a transparent canopy to permit the crew to see out does [C] little to improve signature
management1 as radar cross section and the chances of reflected sun glint all increase. The human also adds more weight, especially when encumbered with flight kit

2 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

such as helmet, NVGs, g-suit and flight planning and survival equipment. Traditionally, pilots sit toward the front of the aircraft to afford them the best view for take-off
and landing, as well as air combat. This has implications on aerodynamics, stealth1 design and weight distribution factors. In short, it can make the designers life a lot [B]
simpler if the pilot/crew are not in the aircraft.

(Extracted from https://www.forbes.com/. Accessed on March 03, 2022.)

Vocabulary:

1. Signature management and stealth: both terms refer to technology that reduces the likelihood of personnel, aircrafts, missiles, etc. being detected.

Analyzing the grammatical aspects of the text, and considering the standard use of language, it’s correct to say that

a) an introduces a description.
b) a lot can be replaced by very.
c) does is being used as an auxiliary.
d) causing can be used in the form cause.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655160

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


4) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd _______ by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their way to
individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

In paragraph 2, the option that fits the gap appropriately in standard language is
a) have been studied.
b) has been studied.
c) has studied.
d) is studied.

3 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655169

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


5) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Mark the option in which the passage expresses a condition.


a) From a perceptual standpoint […]
b) Unless you are in an emergency situation […]
c) Rather than knowingly making the wrong choice […]
d) Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced […]

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655170

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


6) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

4 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

An indirect question can be seen in:

a) When making a decision, it’s common to observe other people’s behavior.


b) Is this an individual choice, or does it involve others?
c) The experiment was conducted by Dr. Kowalski, who also recruited the participants.
d) Could you explain why we are so compelled to follow the crowd?

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473425

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


7) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object
(approximately 50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London,
millions of people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

5 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

The statement “many people were injured by falling glass” stands for

Falling glass many people.


a) have injured
b) has injured
c) had injured
d) injured

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473428

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


8) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London,
millions of people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

“If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of people would have been killed”. We can conclude from the information in this passage that
a) because of an explosion, millions of people died.
b) experts managed to save people from an explosion.
c) an explosion will hit both cities killing millions of people.
d) the explosion and the millions of deaths are hypothetical.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473430

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


9) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
A)
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately

6 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

B)
By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists
were expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone
to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
C)
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

D)
Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete
destruction of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

In “scientists were expecting that visit”, the underlined word has the same use as in

a) the meteorite that showered pieces of rock.


b) the same day that the meteorite.
c) that is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb.
d) any comet or asteroid [...] that hits Earth.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474184

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


10) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

7 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

“Which” refers to

a) the sun.
b) comets and asteroids.
c) cosmic guardian.
d) Earth.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474186

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


11) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

In the sentence “the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit”, the underlined word is similar to

a) must.
b) should.
c) could.
d) shall.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260474

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


12) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music

8 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

The fragment “the most commonly diagnosed cancers” is an example of

a) superlative.

b) comparative of superiority.

c) comparative of inferiority.

d) comparative of equality.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260483

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


13) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who

9 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

Mark the sentence in which “that” can correctly replace the pronoun.

a) Music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects .

b) A methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used.

c) For patients who have difficulties in expressing emotions [...].

d) Patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves again .

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260487

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


14) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

10 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

In the fragment “music therapy with post-hospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects” the pronoun refers to
a) music therapy and post-hospital curative treatment.

b) curative treatment and main focus.

c) main focus and psychological aspects.

d) psychological aspects and music therapy.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264686

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


15) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality , they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom

11 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

“ Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality [F]”

The highlighted word from the sentence above is used

a) to perform an action.

b) as an auxiliary verb of the clause.

c) to emphasize the verb.

d) to avoid repeating a verb.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264687

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


16) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,

12 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

Mark the alternative which has the sentence below correctly reported.

“[...] is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy?”

The author

a) replied: “is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy?”

b) said that their fascination with fantastic fiends had been healthy.

c) told the readers their fascination with fantastic fiends has been healthy.

d) asked if people’s fascination with fantastic fiends was healthy.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264689

13 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


17) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power

14 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

The sentences below are used in the interrogative form. Mark the one that is grammatically correct.
a) Why does evil itself intrigues us?

b) Who run unconstrained by conventional morality?

c) Who exist outside the limits of reality itself?

d) What drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys?

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264690

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


18) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself . Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves .
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction . Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters
assert themselves in any given story .

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

15 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

Mark the option in which the underlined word makes it clear that the subject and the object are the same.
a) [...] they exist outside the limits of reality itself.

b) [...] like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.

c) [...] become heroic might twist the need for selfassertion into destruction.

d) [...] all characters assert themselves in any given story.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264691

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


19) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like

16 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

The sentence “[...] Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing.” means the psychologist believes that

a) if people don’t become mature, they will have trouble meeting their basic needs.

b) if Abraham Maslow hadn’t met his basic needs, people would have had difficulty maturing.

c) unless people fulfill their basic necessities, getting mature won’t be easy for them.

d) unless one gets their basic necessities, they won’t have difficulty maturing.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264694

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


20) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

17 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress
like Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as
villains get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

Mark the option in which the sentence is an example of passive voice.


a) Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle.

b) People who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing.

c) Humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes.

d) We have needed heroes who rise to the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077201

18 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


21) Look at the chart in the text. Read the transcript and answer the question accordingly.

(Adapted from https://www.ipsos.com/en-uk/. Accessed on March 28, 2022.)

Transcript:

Q: To what extent, if at all, do you feel that your generation will have had a better or worse life than your parent’s generation, or will it be about the same?

Key: Better
Total
Great Britain

Under 30s

1 China 78%

2 Brazil 48%

3 Turkey 47%

4 India 46%

5 Japan 41%

6 Russia 41%

7 S. Africa 41%

T Total 37%

8 Argentina 34%

9 Sweden 32%

10 Australia 30%

11 Germany 30%

12 Poland 30%

13 S. Korea 27%

14 US 26%

15 Canada 24%

16 GB 22%

17 Italy 21%

18 Spain 16%

19 France 16%

20 Belgium 12%

Mark the option in which the information DISAGREES with the chart.
a) Almost a quarter of Canadian youth feel that their future living conditions will improve.
b) India, Brazil and Turkey are more pessimistic than optimistic for their young compared to the US.
c) The young in China are more likely to think things will be better rather than worse.
d) Belgium, Spain and France ranked towards the bottom.

19 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077208

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


22) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of
incredulity, it was the season of Light, it was the season of Darkness, it was the spring of hope, it was the winter of despair, we had everything before us, we had
nothing before us, we were all going direct to Heaven, we were all going the other way – in short, the period was so far like the present period, that some of its
noisiest authorities insisted on its being received, for good or for evil, in the superlative degree of comparison only.

(DICKENS, Charles. A Tale of Two Cities. Penguin Books, 1994.)

The extract above

a) develops the idea that nothing is as it seems.


b) presents an account of a series of recent contentions.
c) suggests that there is room for debate on the level of comparisons presented.
d) establishes an analogy between the past and the time in which a story takes place.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077214

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


23) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Franval who lived in Paris, where he was born, possessed, along with an income of 400,000 livres, the finest figure, the most pleasant face and the most varied
talents; but beneath this attractive exterior lay hidden every vice, and unfortunately those of which the adoption and habitual indulgence lead so rapidly to crime.
An imagination more unbridled than anything one can depict was Franval’s prime defect; men of this kind do not mend their ways, the decline of power makes
them worse; the less they do, the more they undertake; the less they achieve, the more they invent; each age brings new ideas, and satiety, far from cooling their
ardour, only prepares the way for more fatal refinements.

(SADE, Marquis de. The Gothic Tales of the Marquis de Sade. 2000.)

Franval possesses the following feature(s), EXCEPT

a) his looks are second to none.


b) no other figure is on a par with his.
c) the aptitude to perform activities of different kinds.
d) his personality traits correspond to his appearance.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077217

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


24) Read the texts and answer the question accordingly.

TEXT I

It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of incredulity, it
was the season of Light, it was the season of Darkness, it was the spring of hope, it was the winter of despair, we had everything before us, we had nothing before us,
we were all going direct to Heaven, we were all going the other way – in short, the period was so far like the present period, that some of its noisiest authorities insisted
on its being received, for good or for evil, in the superlative degree of comparison only.

(DICKENS, Charles. A Tale of Two Cities. Penguin Books, 1994.)

TEXT II

Franval who lived in Paris, where he was born, possessed, along with an income of 400,000 livres, the finest figure, the most pleasant face and the most varied talents;
but beneath this attractive exterior lay hidden every vice, and unfortunately those of which the adoption and habitual indulgence lead so rapidly to crime. An imagination
more unbridled than anything one can depict was Franval’s prime defect; men of this kind do not mend their ways, the decline of power makes them worse; the less they
do, the more they undertake; the less they achieve, the more they invent; each age brings new ideas, and satiety, far from cooling their ardour, only prepares the way for
more fatal refinements.

(SADE, Marquis de. The Gothic Tales of the Marquis de Sade. 2000.)

A similarity between Text I and Text II can be found in the following aspect(s):

a) consolation and hope of a better, but unchanging future.


b) a full description of the main characters’ motivations.
c) pairings of contrasting concepts that reflect duality.
d) a combination of tension, action and violence.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077222

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


25) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

20 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

I know I shall meet my fate


Somewhere among the clouds above;
Those that I fight I do not hate,
Those that I guard I do not love;
My country is Kiltartan Cross,
My countrymen Kiltartan’s poor,
No likely end could bring them loss
Or leave them happier than before.
Nor law, nor duty bade1 me fight,
Nor public men, nor cheering crowds,
A lonely impulse of delight
Drove to this tumult in the clouds;
I balanced all, brought all to mind,
The years to come seemed waste of breath,
A waste of breath the years behind
In balance with this life, this death.

(YEATS, W.B. An Irish Airman Foresees His Death in Rhyme and Reason, An Anthology. Org. O’MALLEY, Raymond. Hart-Davis Educational.)

Vocabulary:

1. Bid (bade, bidden): to tell somebody to do something.

In the text, the following phrase refers to dying:

a) meet my fate.
b) waste of breath.
c) tumult in the clouds.
d) impulse of delight.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077225

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


26) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

I know I shall meet my fate


Somewhere among the clouds above;
Those that I fight I do not hate,
Those that I guard I do not love;
My country is Kiltartan Cross,
My countrymen Kiltartan’s poor,
No likely end could bring them loss
Or leave them happier than before.
Nor law, nor duty bade1 me fight,
Nor public men, nor cheering crowds,
A lonely impulse of delight
Drove to this tumult in the clouds;
I balanced all, brought all to mind,
The years to come seemed waste of breath,
A waste of breath the years behind
In balance with this life, this death.

(YEATS, W.B. An Irish Airman Foresees His Death in Rhyme and Reason, An Anthology. Org. O’MALLEY, Raymond. Hart-Davis Educational.)

Vocabulary:

1. Bid (bade, bidden): to tell somebody to do something.

According to lines 7 and 8 people will

a) express hope of making it through war.


b) be encouraged to fight for Kiltartan Cross.
c) remain oblivious to the outcome of the war.
d) be aware of the dangers they might face.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077226

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


27) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

I know I shall meet my fate


Somewhere among the clouds above;
Those that I fight I do not hate,
Those that I guard I do not love;
My country is Kiltartan Cross,
My countrymen Kiltartan’s poor,

21 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

No likely end could bring them loss


Or leave them happier than before.
Nor law, nor duty bade1 me fight,
Nor public men, nor cheering crowds,
A lonely impulse of delight
Drove to this tumult in the clouds;
I balanced all, brought all to mind,
The years to come seemed waste of breath,
A waste of breath the years behind
In balance with this life, this death.

(YEATS, W.B. An Irish Airman Foresees His Death in Rhyme and Reason, An Anthology. Org. O’MALLEY, Raymond. Hart-Davis Educational.)

Vocabulary:

1. Bid (bade, bidden): to tell somebody to do something.

Lines 9-12 imply that the speaker is


a) willing to risk his life to win honor and glory.
b) fighting for the sheer pleasure and exhilaration of it.
c) motivated by the desire to protect his fellow citizens.
d) daydreaming about moving through the clouds.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077238

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


28) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Oh, I’ve just come from the land of the sun


From a war that must be won
In the name of truth
With our soldiers so brave
Your freedom we will save
With our rifles and grenades
And some help from God
I want to see my family
My wife and child waiting for me
I’ve got to go home
I’ve been so alone you see
You just can’t believe
The joy I did receive
When I finally got my leave
And I was going home
Oh, I flew through the sky
My convictions could not lie
For my country I would die
And I will see it soon
When I walked through the door
My wife she laid upon the floor
And with tears her eyes were sore
I did not know why
Then I looked into her hand
And I saw the telegram
Said that I was a brave, brave man
But that I was dead

(SUMMER, Bernard; GILBERT, Gillian; HOOK, Peter; MORRIS, Stephen. Lyrics to Love Vigilantes, performed by New Order, Low Life CD, track 1, Universal Music Publishing Group, 1986. Taken from
https://lyricfind.com)

Read the statements below considering the aspects of grammar and meaning of the text.

I. The war referred by the speaker is over.

II. The speaker had been conscripted to engage in combat.

III. Some parts of speech were left out of the phrase in line 4.

IV. The use of the auxiliary verb in line 13 is substandard.

V. The noun in line 17 is a false cognate.

The only correct statements are

a) I and II.
b) I and V.
c) II and III.
d) III and IV.

22 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077245

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


29) Read the texts and answer the question accordingly.

TEXT I

I know I shall meet my fate


Somewhere among the clouds above;
Those that I fight I do not hate,
Those that I guard I do not love;
My country is Kiltartan Cross,
My countrymen Kiltartan’s poor,
No likely end could bring them loss
Or leave them happier than before.
Nor law, nor duty bade me fight,
Nor public men, nor cheering crowds,
A lonely impulse of delight
Drove to this tumult in the clouds;
I balanced all, brought all to mind,
The years to come seemed waste of breath,
A waste of breath the years behind
In balance with this life, this death.

(YEATS, W.B. An Irish Airman Foresees His Death in Rhyme and Reason, An Anthology. Org. O’MALLEY, Raymond. Hart-Davis Educational.)

TEXT II

Oh, I’ve just come from the land of the sun


From a war that must be won
In the name of truth
With our soldiers so brave
Your freedom we will save
With our rifles and grenades
And some help from God
I want to see my family
My wife and child waiting for me
I’ve got to go home
I’ve been so alone you see
You just can’t believe
The joy I did receive
When I finally got my leave
And I was going home
Oh, I flew through the sky
My convictions could not lie
For my country I would die
And I will see it soon
When I walked through the door
My wife she laid upon the floor
And with tears her eyes were sore
I did not know why
Then I looked into her hand
And I saw the telegram
Said that I was a brave, brave man
But that I was dead

(SUMMER, Bernard; GILBERT, Gillian; HOOK, Peter; MORRIS, Stephen. Lyrics to Love Vigilantes, performed by New Order, Low Life CD, track 1, Universal Music Publishing Group, 1986. Taken from
https://lyricfind.com)

Whose characteristic is described below? Write 4 for the speaker in Text I, and 5 for the speaker in Text II.

( ) He is driven by a patriotic fervor.

( ) He is fighting because he cares who wins.

( ) He is believed to have been killed in action.

( ) Nothing else in his life seems worth pursuing.

( ) He considers aspects of his past, present and future.

Now, mark the correct option.


a) 5/5/5/4/4
b) 5/5/4/4/5
c) 4/4/5/5/4
d) 4/4/4/5/5

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077271

23 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


30) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, caused something of a stir at the annual Air Force Association’s Air Warfare Symposium in Orlando, Florida. During an informal
‘fireside chat’ with Lt. Gen. John Thompson of Space Command on Friday, Musk told a room packed with fighter pilots that “the fighter jet era has passed”. Now, Musk is
renowned for finding soundbites for the media to hook onto, and also of causing calculated disruption in his target audience, but even by his standards this is a well-
baited line. What makes this such a bold and controversial statement?

The contemporary battlefield is far more networked, complex, congested and lethal – it’s those that adapt that will survive. Simply being ‘a good stick’ will rapidly no
longer cut it in the hostile skies of the future.

Musk’s main thrust is, however, that the human in the cockpit is the limiting factor in air combat now, not the advantage.

Firstly, humans are awkward for aircraft designers to accommodate. In a modern fighter the pilot sits on an ejection seat for emergency escape, needs an oxygen supply
and air-conditioning to function at extremes of temperature and altitude, and requires flight controls and instruments to fly and fight the machine. All of these add a
significant amount of weight and cost into the aircraft. Moreover, having a transparent canopy to permit the crew to see out does little to improve signature management1
as radar cross section and the chances of reflected sun glint all increase. The human also adds more weight, especially when encumbered with flight kit such as helmet,
NVGs, g-suit and flight planning and survival equipment. Traditionally, pilots sit toward the front of the aircraft to afford them the best view for take-off and landing, as
well as air combat. This has implications on aerodynamics, stealth1 design and weight distribution factors. In short, it can make the designers life a lot simpler if the
pilot/crew are not in the aircraft.

(Extracted from https://www.forbes.com/. Accessed on March 03, 2022.)

Vocabulary:

1. Signature management and stealth: both terms refer to technology that reduces the likelihood of personnel, aircrafts, missiles, etc. being detected.

According to the text, it’s eminent that Elon Musk

a) improvises his speeches to entertain his listeners.


b) presents pieces of information to make the news.
c) plans what to say to keep the public heedful.
d) disapproves of being in the spotlight.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077273

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


31) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, caused something of a stir at the annual Air Force Association’s Air Warfare Symposium in Orlando, Florida. During an informal
‘fireside chat’ with Lt. Gen. John Thompson of Space Command on Friday, Musk told a room packed with fighter pilots that “the fighter jet era has passed”. Now, Musk is
renowned for finding soundbites for the media to hook onto, and also of causing calculated disruption in his target audience, but even by his standards this is a well-
baited line. What makes this such a bold and controversial statement?

The contemporary battlefield is far more networked, complex, congested and lethal – it’s those that adapt that will survive. Simply being ‘a good stick’ will rapidly no
longer cut it in the hostile skies of the future.

Musk’s main thrust is, however, that the human in the cockpit is the limiting factor in air combat now, not the advantage.

Firstly, humans are awkward for aircraft designers to accommodate. In a modern fighter the pilot sits on an ejection seat for emergency escape, needs an oxygen supply
and air-conditioning to function at extremes of temperature and altitude, and requires flight controls and instruments to fly and fight the machine. All of these add a
significant amount of weight and cost into the aircraft. Moreover, having a transparent canopy to permit the crew to see out does little to improve signature management1
as radar cross section and the chances of reflected sun glint all increase. The human also adds more weight, especially when encumbered with flight kit such as helmet,
NVGs, g-suit and flight planning and survival equipment. Traditionally, pilots sit toward the front of the aircraft to afford them the best view for take-off and landing, as
well as air combat. This has implications on aerodynamics, stealth1 design and weight distribution factors. In short, it can make the designers life a lot simpler if the
pilot/crew are not in the aircraft.

(Extracted from https://www.forbes.com/. Accessed on March 03, 2022.)

Vocabulary:

1. Signature management and stealth: both terms refer to technology that reduces the likelihood of personnel, aircrafts, missiles, etc. being detected.

Based on Musk’s position, it is right to infer that


a) combat planes will become more pilot-friendly.
b) high-performance fighter jets will proliferate.
c) a new era of conflicts is a controversial issue.
d) fighter pilots might end up becoming obsolete.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077274

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


32) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, caused something of a stir at the annual Air Force Association’s Air Warfare Symposium in Orlando, Florida. During an informal

24 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

‘fireside chat’ with Lt. Gen. John Thompson of Space Command on Friday, Musk told a room packed with fighter pilots that “the fighter jet era has passed”. Now, Musk is
renowned for finding soundbites for the media to hook onto, and also of causing calculated disruption in his target audience, but even by his standards this is a well-
baited line. What makes this such a bold and controversial statement?

The contemporary battlefield is far more networked, complex, congested and lethal – it’s those that adapt that will survive. Simply being ‘a good stick’ will rapidly no
longer cut it in the hostile skies of the future.

Musk’s main thrust is, however, that the human in the cockpit is the limiting factor in air combat now, not the advantage.

Firstly, humans are awkward for aircraft designers to accommodate. In a modern fighter the pilot sits on an ejection seat for emergency escape, needs an oxygen supply
and air-conditioning to function at extremes of temperature and altitude, and requires flight controls and instruments to fly and fight the machine. All of these add a
significant amount of weight and cost into the aircraft. Moreover, having a transparent canopy to permit the crew to see out does little to improve signature management1
as radar cross section and the chances of reflected sun glint all increase. The human also adds more weight, especially when encumbered with flight kit such as helmet,
NVGs, g-suit and flight planning and survival equipment. Traditionally, pilots sit toward the front of the aircraft to afford them the best view for take-off and landing, as
well as air combat. This has implications on aerodynamics, stealth1 design and weight distribution factors. In short, it can make the designers life a lot simpler if the
pilot/crew are not in the aircraft.

(Extracted from https://www.forbes.com/. Accessed on March 03, 2022.)

Vocabulary:

1. Signature management and stealth: both terms refer to technology that reduces the likelihood of personnel, aircrafts, missiles, etc. being detected.

In the future, pilots will


a) be inconvenienced by flight helmets and survival equipment.
b) have to rely on other qualities besides technical prowess.
c) be considered the most important element in air combat.
d) have to make split-second life or death decisions.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/2077278

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2022


33) Read the text and answer the question accordingly.

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, caused something of a stir at the annual Air Force Association’s Air Warfare Symposium in Orlando, Florida. During an informal
‘fireside chat’ with Lt. Gen. John Thompson of Space Command on Friday, Musk told a room packed with fighter pilots that “the fighter jet era has passed”. Now, Musk is
renowned for finding soundbites for the media to hook onto, and also of causing calculated disruption in his target audience, but even by his standards this is a well-
baited line. What makes this such a bold and controversial statement?

The contemporary battlefield is far more networked, complex, congested and lethal – it’s those that adapt that will survive. Simply being ‘a good stick’ will rapidly no
longer cut it in the hostile skies of the future.

Musk’s main thrust is, however, that the human in the cockpit is the limiting factor in air combat now, not the advantage.

Firstly, humans are awkward for aircraft designers to accommodate. In a modern fighter the pilot sits on an ejection seat for emergency escape, needs an oxygen supply
and air-conditioning to function at extremes of temperature and altitude, and requires flight controls and instruments to fly and fight the machine. All of these add a
significant amount of weight and cost into the aircraft. Moreover, having a transparent canopy to permit the crew to see out does little to improve signature management1
as radar cross section and the chances of reflected sun glint all increase. The human also adds more weight, especially when encumbered with flight kit such as helmet,
NVGs, g-suit and flight planning and survival equipment. Traditionally, pilots sit toward the front of the aircraft to afford them the best view for take-off and landing, as
well as air combat. This has implications on aerodynamics, stealth1 design and weight distribution factors. In short, it can make the designers life a lot simpler if the
pilot/crew are not in the aircraft.

(Extracted from https://www.forbes.com/. Accessed on March 03, 2022.)

Vocabulary:

1. Signature management and stealth: both terms refer to technology that reduces the likelihood of personnel, aircrafts, missiles, etc. being detected.

Decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F) according to the text; then mark the right alternative.

I. Designers are challenged to find solutions that enable fitting flying conditions.

II. The human factor is considered an asset when it comes to air combat.

III. A transparent canopy is both an advantage and a disadvantage.

IV. The flying gear turns out to be heavy and expensive.


a) I. T / II. F / III. T / IV. F
b) I. F / II. T / III. F / IV. F
c) I. T / II. F / III. T / IV. T
d) I. F / II. T / III. F / IV. T

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655159

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021

25 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

34)
Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Mark the option that makes an appropriate title for the text.

a) 5 Tips For Better Decisions at Work


b) Why Can Decision-Making Be So Simple?
c) Should You Do What Everyone Else Is Doing?
d) New Research Suggests That Machines Can Give Better Recommendations Than People

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655161

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


35) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

26 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Earlier experiments showed that

a) individuals surrounded by other participants might be tricked into providing a wrong answer.
b) personal beliefs provide guidance when there’s uncertainty and lack of information.
c) the Autokinectic Effect describes how light can improve people’s perception.
d) the influence of the opinion of others can help us make correct decisions.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655162

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


36) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

27 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

According to more recent research,

a) the more people are in control of their choices, the better they can match their preferences.
b) crowd following does not occur when people see that others are mistaken.
c) people might change their beliefs or behavior in order to fit in with the group.
d) people made the wrong choice to avoid disagreement.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655164

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


37) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might

28 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Read the statements below.

I. We ought to consider things more slowly and intentionally to make better decisions.
II. When under pressure it might be valid to follow the crowd.
III. Being driven by what other people are doing is a rational process.

Mark the alternative that is correct according to the text.


a) I and II
b) I and III
c) II and III
d) I, II and III

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655165

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


38) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

A recurring idea in the text is that

a) scientists found a definite answer as to why people are compelled to follow the crowd.
b) social impacts are reduced when people conform to the crowd.
c) going your own way eventually leads to bad decisions.
d) following the crowd has pros and cons.

29 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655166

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


39) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

The statement that is more closely related to the idea found in paragraph 9 is:

a) Following others will take you away from the correct path.
b) People are drawn to the immediate rewards of a potential choice.
c) Individual decisions tend to be made to the benefit of the group.
d) We’re often balancing between what is best for ourselves and for others too.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655168

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


40) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

30 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

The following factors can influence people into following the crowd, EXCEPT,

a) choices that express more than one possible meaning.


b) the strong influence of a group on members to behave as everyone else does.
c) a possible modification in the way we perceive and memorize things due to social connections.
d) more objective facts, statistics, measurements and evaluations as sources of potential decision-making information.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655173

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


41) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel

31 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Based on the last paragraph, it’s safe to say that

a) when making important decisions, it is helpful to stay open to facts and possibilities that we don’t want or like.
b) our reasoning about an issue may lead us to pursue a deeper understanding of who we are.
c) we often automatically accept things as “true” before we carefully deliberate about them.
d) gathering every fact and carefully thinking through every decision is impossible.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473423

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


42) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

The damage caused by the Russian meteorite

a) could be impossible to calculate.


b) was not as bad as the one in Siberia.
c) was much worse than the one in Siberia.
d) had its impact reduced by the early warning system.

32 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473427

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


43) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

The Siberian meteorite

a) damaged trees when it exploded.


b) caused glass to shower over people.
c) has the destructive power of a nuclear bomb.
d) exploded over a big city.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473429

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


44) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

33 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

On the same day as the meteorite exploded over Chelyabinsk,


a) scientists were terrified.
b) experts issued a warning for 2046.
c) another linked asteroid incident happened.
d) there was another, unrelated, asteroid event.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474176

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


45) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

The Russian meteorite

a) will come close to Earth again.


b) was too small to cause damage.
c) had been predicted by scientists.
d) was not noticed before exploding.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474179

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


46) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

34 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

Experts maintain that comets and asteroids could

a) wipe out only animal life.


b) put an end to both animal and great part of plant life.
c) cause as much damage as the Hiroshima bomb.
d) kill a significant proportion of the human population.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474180

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


47) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

A relatively small asteroid

a) is not a problem if seen early.


b) can still cause a lot of damage.
c) cannot cause any significant harm.

35 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

d) is in fact more dangerous than a large one.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474182

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


48) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

Earth has been relatively safe thanks to

a) luck and the protective force of another planet.


b) early warning systems set up by NASA.
c) researches and our position to the sun.
d) the foreseeable future.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474187

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


49) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

36 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

Scientists support the idea that


a) we are not in any danger for the moment.
b) NASA early warning systems will protect the planet.
c) a meteorite is likely to hit Earth sooner or later.
d) it’s impossible to monitor potential hazards.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1474189

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


50) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object (approximately
50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London, millions of
people would have been killed.

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

According to the text

a) meteoroids and meteorites are the same object.


b) dinosaurs were certainly wiped out by a space rock.
c) asteroids and comets are exactly alike.
d) meteorites are harmless.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260473

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


51) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

37 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

Cancer is

a) the most relevant disease people face.

b) not related to industrialized countries.

c) actually restricted to German individuals.

d) one of the major causes of people's death.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260475

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


52) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and

38 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)


The second paragraph of the text states that

a) social isolation happens as a result of physical effort and medical treatments.

b) radiation and chemotherapy prove to be ineffective for cancer treatment.

c) there may be a relation between kinds of disease as well as their symptoms.

d) dizziness and bowel disturbances could be caused by different tunes.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260477

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


53) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

39 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

The text

a) focuses on the present cancer mortality rates.

b) aims at presenting a complementary way to deal with cancer.

c) delves into the mind of worldwide cancer patients.

d) develops a detailed idea on how to live with cancer.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260478

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


54) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer

40 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

The passage “patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour” suggests that

a) one standard complies with the other.

b) an unstable relation could take place.

c) some reactions are more predictable than others.

d) general kinds of behaviour are not very common.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260481

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


55) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

41 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

According to the text, most patients felt compelled to

a) create choruses in order to promote musical learning.

b) deprive themselves of getting along with people.

c) join other oncology patients for therapeutic purposes.

d) distress therapists as part of psychotherapy sessions.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260482

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


56) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable

42 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

The text is mainly concerned with the

a) diastolic blood pressure decrease in cancer patients.

b) studies on music therapy and its different sorts.

c) relevance of music in cancer patient's welfare.

d) patient's tolerability of chemotherapy as well as radiation.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260485

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


57) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)


Regarding music therapy in cancer treatment
a) good results are still not obvious in some cases.

b) psychological problems would not be considered.

c) patients could not benefit from it after surgeries.

43 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

d) relaxation and stressful levels were very high.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260486

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


58) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

Read the statement based on paragraph 8 and mark the action that happened first. A study discovered that receptive music therapy had decreased anxiety and stress
levels before, during and after surgeries. Also, music therapy can be applied to different levels of the disease.
a) Discover.

b) Decrease.

c) Can.

d) Apply.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260488

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019

44 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

59) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)


One concludes that
a) the therapy’s outcome helps out in distinct stages.

b) some effects are hard to be managed suitably.

c) healing patients definitely overcome curative course.

d) cancer welfare has to be faced by means of fierce sounds.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264684

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


60) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most

45 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

One of the messages below is mentioned in the text. Mark it.


a) We have to face and know ourselves deeply in order to become better.

46 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

b) In fact, we are conditioned to expect more from the heroes.

c) A psychological study states that people have been intrigued by the question whether we are fiends or not.

d) Superheroes are empowered despite dominating the world.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264685

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


61) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

47 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

Mark the INCORRECT alternative.

“ [F] there's much more to our continued interest in supervillains than meets the eye.”

If there’s more to something than meets the eye, it means that


a) it’s more difficult to understand.

b) you are conscious of what is around you.

c) it involves more things than you thought at the beginning.

d) the situation is not as simple as it seems to be.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264688

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


62) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

48 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

According to what drives people’s interest in supervillains, the text mentions

a) the conscious knowledge that supervillains reinforce things we value (Pavlov and Skinner).

b) the negative side people need to hide to grow as human beings (Carl Jung).

c) the undisciplined principle controlled by society (Sigmund Freud).

d) people’s lack of necessity of food, security and love (Abraham Maslow).

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264695

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


63) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

But is our fascination with fantastic fiends 1 healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
dwells 2 underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,

49 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes 3. But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress
like Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as
villains get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield 4. While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces 5 when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs 6 unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
the occasion, overcome great odds 7 and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts 8 and poorly lit alleyways 9.

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
that baffles 10 us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

In the paragraph “Better villain equals better hero” , the author DOESN’T
a) make a comparison.

b) count a number of features.

c) indicate that something is necessary.

d) describe characters.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264697

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


64) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

50 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress
like Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as
villains get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light

51 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

Read the statements below and mark the option that contains the correct ones according to the text.

I. Vulnerable people may have their self-esteem affected.


II. Everybody is infatuated with antagonists.
III. In a psychological perspective, antiheroes aren’t despised at all by the public.
IV. The author reminds us that funny writers created supervillains stories.
V. We have cherished defeated heroes and victorious antiheroes.

a) Only sentences I, II and IV are correct.

b) Only sentences I and III are correct.

c) Only sentences II, III and V are correct.

d) Only sentences IV and V are correct.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264698

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


65) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

But is our fascination with fantastic fiends 1 healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
dwells 2 underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes 3. But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress
like Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as
villains get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield 4. While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces 5 when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs 6 unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
the occasion, overcome great odds 7 and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts 8 and poorly lit alleyways 9.

52 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
that baffles 10 us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

One of the statements below LACKS the content of the text. Mark it.
a) Our curiosity makes us wonder what we’ve already understood.

b) According to the author’s perspective on superheroes, they can be both heroes and fiends.

c) Heroes depend on villains to succeed.

d) A part of our unconscious mind would desire to be a villain.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264699

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


66) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress

53 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

like Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as
villains get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

The author concludes that

a) superheroes have been the supporting cast, not the stars anymore.

b) our motivations for seeking out supervillains are originally unhealthy.

c) supervillains are created to prove how heroic and powerful the superheroes are.

d) comic book writers create supervillains to overcome superheroes.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278116

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


67) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and

54 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The text

a) points out how well Burkina Faso dealt with food shortage.

b) shows a remaining difficulty as well as its way out.

c) highlights the importance of urbanization for crop fields.

d) states that land degradation is a natural impact for today’s climatic stability.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278117

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


68) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of

55 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

Mark the INCORRECT option according to the text.

a) There are no clear explanations on reasons for food shortage.

b) If one applies the required solutions one solves food shortage problem.

c) Green house issues have contributed for experiencing food restriction.

d) Droughts and desertification also harm food production.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278118

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


69) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

56 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The first paragraph states that crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Such problems may
represent respectively
a) urban, economic and social factors.

b) economic, social and environmental factors.

c) economic, environmental and political factors.

d) environmental, social and economic factors.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278119

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


70) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

57 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

Some environmental factors that have contributed to food shortage are


a) land degradation, deforestation and fuel prices.

b) climatic change, combustion of fossil fuels and floods.

c) agriculture, fertilizers and cost of food production.

d) droughts, tropical storms and reduced investments in agriculture.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655163

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


71) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

58 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

In the text, the word even.

a) is used for emphasis or surprise.


b) has the same meaning as just.
c) expresses a negative idea.
d) means exactly.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655167

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


72) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and

59 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Therefore is closest in meaning to


a) nevertheless.
b) however.
c) thus.
d) furthermore.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655171

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


73) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might

60 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

In the text, the phrasal verb that means have a harmonious and friendly relationship is

a) look to.
b) get along.
c) look beyond.
d) figure out.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655172

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


74) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

Mark the alternative that shows a synonym for down-side.


a) disruption
b) discomfort
c) disadvantage

61 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

d) dislocation

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1655174

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOINT (AFA)/AFA/2021


75) Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

When making a decision, it is a common impulse to look and see what others are doing. Nevertheless, it is often unclear whether the path that everyone else may be
following is good for us as well. After all, sometimes following the crowd has merit - at other times, it is simply peer pressure blinding us.

The phenomenon of looking to others and following the crowd has been studied by social science for a long time. Nevertheless, those findings do not always make their
way to individual decision-makers. Therefore, let’s review why people conform to the crowd – and under what conditions it is a god idea to go your own way instead.

To start, individuals tend to look to the opinions of others, especially when they are unsure and lack information from other sources. This dynamic was supported by
classic research from Sherif (1937), who explored how a person’s perception of a very ambiguous stimuli can be influenced by the opinion of others. Sherif (1937) asked
participants to watch a small light in a dark and featureless room and evaluate how much that light moved around. In actuality, however, the light never moved at all –
but the way our perception works in that situation gives the possible illusion of movement (called the Autokinetic Effect). In this uncertain and ambiguous perceptual
situation, Sherif (1937) found that individuals were quite susceptible to the influence of the opinions of others when trying to decide how much light was “moving”.

Unfortunately, this phenomenon also extends to individuals following the crowd, even when they can clearly see that others are wrong. This was first evaluated by Asch
(1955), who asked participants to pick a line from a few choices of varying lengths that matched up with another example line given to them. From a perceptual
standpoint, the task was easy – as the correct choice of which lines were actually similar to one another was clear. Nevertheless, when participants were surrounded by
other individuals giving the wrong answer, they often conformed and made the wrong choice as well. Thus, even when the correct choice is clear, and what others are
doing is wrong, that peer pressure can still cause us to doubt ourselves and follow the crowd.

Why is it that we are so compelled to follow the crowd, even when it is objectively clear that they are wrong? According to more recent research, we may simply be wired
that way. Specifically, these social influences can actually change our perceptions and memories (Edelson, Sharot, Dolan, & Dudai, 2011). Therefore, rather than
knowingly making the wrong choice just to conform to peer pressure, the influence of others may actually change what we see as the correct choice in the moment and
remember as the right thing after the fact. Beyond that, we might just have “herding brains” with built-in components that monitor our social alignments and make us feel
good when we follow the crowd too (Shamay-Tsoory, Saporta, Marton-Alper, & Gvirts, 2019).

Fortunately, this effect has good points as well. In many cases, group decision-making can help individuals look beyond their own private perspectives and make more
rational decisions (Fahr & Irlenbusch, 2011). Furthermore, pro-social and altruistic behaviors can be influenced and shared through such conformity as well (Nook, Ong,
Morelli, Mitchell, & Zaki, 2016). Therefore, sometimes following the crowd helps people get along and make better decisions too.

Given the above, when making a decision, it is important to consider whether following others is a good idea – or is leading you astray instead. Some simple steps can
help you figure it out.

Getting swept away by what everyone else is doing is often an emotional and thoughtless process. We are conforming simply because we have not given sufficient
attention and effort toward considering any other options. Therefore, unless you are in an emergency situation and need to immediately follow everyone else toward the
nearest exit, it might be a good idea to switch to more deliberate thinking processes, rather than just going with your initial reaction.

Some choices and decision-making situations are more individual, while others are more social. Therefore, it is important to consider the specific situation. Is this an
individual choice, or does it involve others? If you have sufficient information to make a clear choice on your own, and you do not need group approval, then you might
want to make up your own mind. If you are personally unsure, or you need the support of others to make something happen, then taking the opinion of others into
consideration might be a good idea instead.

It is generally a good idea to evaluate your choices and decisions from multiple perspectives. The same is true for following the opinion of others too. Although it might
not feel that way at times, especially in the modern day of media coverage and social networking, everyone is not doing it – whatever “it” is that you are considering.
Given that, before you follow the advice or choices of any particular group of people, it might be a good idea to look at what other groups of people are doing or choosing
too. In addition, we can learn a lot from people making choices contrary to ourselves or our preferred group, particularly about potential down-sides to choices we might
not be seeing. Therefore, if you do need to look to others to help provide information regarding a particular choice or decision, then it might help to seek out people with
a few different opinions, weigh your options among them, and figure out what will work best for you.

(Adapted from https://www.psychologytoday.com. Access on March 25th, 2021)

It’s correct to affirm that the text is


a) personal and informal.
b) informative and supportive.
c) ironic and reminiscent.
d) lyrical and sublime.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1473426

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2020


76) TEXT

The end of life on Earth?

It weighted about 10,000 tons, entered the atmosphere at a speed of 64,000 km/h and exploded over a city with a blast of 500 kilotons. But on 15 February 2013, we
were lucky. The metereorite that showered pieces of rock over Chelyabinsk, Russia, was relatively small, at only about 17 metres wide. Although many people were
injured by falling glass, the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago, when a relatively small object
(approximately 50 metres in diameter) exploded in mid-air over a forest region, flattening about 80 million trees. If it had exploded over a city such as Moscow or London,
millions of people would have been killed.

62 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

By a strange coincidence, the same day that the meteorite terrified the people of Chelyabinsk, another 50m-wide asteroid passed relatively close to Earth. Scientists were
expecting that visit and know that the asteroid will return to fly close by us in 2046, but the Russian meteorite earlier in the day had been too small for anyone to spot.

Most scientists agree that comets and asteroids pose the biggest natural threat to human existence. It was probably a large asteroid or comet colliding with Earth which
wiped out the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. An enormous object, 10 to 16 km in diameter, struck the Yucatan region in Mexico with the force of 100 megatons.
That is the equivalent of one Hiroshima bomb for every person alive on Earth today.

Many scientists, including the late Stephen Hawking, say that any comet or asteroid greater than 20km in diameter that hits Earth will result in the complete destruction
of complex life, including all animals and most plants. As we have seen even a much smaller asteroid can cause great damage.

The Earth has been kept fairly safe for the last 65 million years by good fortune and the massive gravitational field of the planet Jupiter. Our cosmic guardian, with its
stable circular orbit far from the sun, sweeps up and scatters away most of the dangerous comets and asteroids which might cross Earth’s orbit.

After the Chelyabinsk meteorite, scientists are now monitoring potential hazards even more carefully but, as far as they know, there is no danger in the foreseeable
future.

Types of space rocks

• Comet – a ball of rock and ice that sends out a tail of gas and dust behind it. Bright comets only appear in our visible night sky about once every ten years.
• Asteroid – a rock a few feet to several kms in diameter. Unlike comets, asteroids have no tail. Most are to small to cause any damage and burn up in the
atmosphere.
• Meteoroid – part of an asteroid or comet.
• Meteorite – what a meteoroid is called when it hits Earth.

Taken from: http://learningenglishteens.britishcouncil.org


- Access on 29/06/2020

The passage “the damage was nothing compared to what had happened in Siberia nearly one hundred years ago” states that the incident occurred a century
ago.

a) actually
b) precisely
c) approximately
d) exactly

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260476

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


77) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also

63 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

In the phrase “coping strategies”, the underlined word is a synonym for


a) noting.

b) defining.

c) managing.

d) creating.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260479

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


78) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently

64 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

Mark the alternative that LACKS the correct synonym for the underlined word.

a) Cancer also often causes psychological problems – generally.

b) Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial – apart from.

c) Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another reality – thus.

d) “ For it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents” – conversely.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1260484

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2019


79) TEXT

Music therapy with cancer patients

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, in Germany and in many other industrialized countries. In 2007, about 12 million people were diagnosed
with cancer worldwide with a mortality rate of 7.6 million (American Cancer Society, 2007). In the industrial countries, the most commonly diagnosed cancers in men are
prostate cancer, lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Women are most commonly diagnosed with breast cancer, gastric cancer and lung cancer.

The symptoms of cancer depend on the type of the disease, but there are common symptoms caused by cancer and/or by its medical treatment (e.g., chemotherapy and
radiation). Common physical symptoms are pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, loss of appetite, nausea (feeling sick, vomiting), dizziness, limited physical activity, hair loss,
a sore mouth/throat and bowel problems. Cancer also often causes psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, mood disturbances, stress, insecurity, grief and
decreased self-esteem. This, in turn, can implicate social consequences. Social isolation can occur due to physical or psychological symptoms (for example, feeling too
tired to meet friends, cutting oneself off due to depressive complaints).

Besides conventional pharmacological treatments of cancer, there are treatments to meet psychological and physical needs of the patient. Psychological consequences of
cancer, such as depression, anxiety or loss of control, can be counteracted by psychotherapy. For example, within cognitive therapy cancer patients may develop coping
strategies to handle the disease. Research indicates that music therapy, which is a form of psychotherapy, can have positive effects on both physiological and
psychological symptoms of cancer patients as well as in acute or palliative situations.

There are several definitions of music therapy. According to the World Federation of Music Therapy (WFMT, 1996), music therapy is: “the use of music and/or its music
elements (sound, rhythm, melody and harmony) by a qualified music therapist, with a client or group, in a process designed to facilitate and promote communication,
relationship, learning, mobilization, expression, organization, and other relevant therapeutic objectives, in order to meet physical, emotional, mental, social and cognitive
needs”.

The Dutch Music Therapy Association (NVCT, 1999) defines music therapy as “a methodological form of assistance in which musical means are used within a therapeutic
relation to manage changes, developments, stabilisation or acceptance on the emotional, behavioural, cognitive, social or on the physical field”.

The assumption is that the patient's musical behaviour conforms to their general behaviour. The starting points are the features of the patient's specific disorder or
disease pattern. There is an analogy between psychological problems and musical behaviour, which means that emotions can be expressed musically. For patients who
have difficulties in expressing emotions, music therapy can be a useful medium. Music therapy might be a useful intervention for breast cancer patients in order to
facilitate and enhance their emotional expressivity. Besides analogy, there are further qualities of music that can be beneficial within therapeutic treatment. One of
these qualities is symbolism: music can symbolize persons, objects, incidents, experiences or memories of daily life. Therefore, music is a reality, which represents another
reality. The symbolism of the musical reality enables the patient to deal safely with the other reality for it evokes memories about persons, objects or incidents. These
associations can be perceived as positive or negative, so they release emotions in the patient.

Music therapy both addresses physical and psychological needs of the patient. Numerous studies indicate that music therapy can be beneficial to both acute cancer
patients and palliative cancer patients in the final stage of disease.

Most research with acute cancer patients receiving chemotherapy, surgery or stem cell transplantation examined the effectiveness of receptive music therapy. Listening to
music during chemotherapy, either played live by the music therapist or from tape has a positive effect on pain perception, relaxation, anxiety and mood. There was also
found a decrease in diastolic blood pressure or heart rate and an improvement in fatigue; insomnia and appetite loss could be significantly decreased in patients older
than 45 years. Further improvements by receptive music therapy were found for physical comfort, vitality, dizziness and tolerability of the chemotherapy. A study with
patients undergoing surgery found that receptive music therapy led to decreased anxiety, stress and relaxation levels before, during and after surgery. Music therapy can
also be applied in palliative situations, for example to patients with terminal cancer who live in hospices.

Studies indicate that music therapy may be beneficial for cancer patients in acute and palliative situations, but the benefits of music therapy for convalescing cancer
patients remain unclear. Whereas music therapy interventions for acute and palliative patients often focus on physiological and psychosomatic symptoms, such as pain
perception and reducing medical side-effects, music therapy with posthospital curative treatment could have its main focus on psychological aspects. A cancer patient is
not free from cancer until five years after the tumour ablation. The patient fears that the cancer has not been defeated. In this stage of the disease, patients frequently
feel insecure, depressive and are emotionally unstable. How to handle irksome and negative emotions is an important issue for many oncology patients. After the difficult
period of the medical treatment, which they often have overcome in a prosaic way by masking emotions, patients often express the wish to become aware of themselves
again. They may wish to grapple with negative emotions due to their disease. Other patients wish to experience positive feelings, such as enjoyment and vitality.

The results indicate that music therapy can also have positive influences on well-being of cancer patients in the post-hospital curative stage as well as they offer valuable
information about patients' needs in this state of treatment and how effects can be dealt with properly.

(Adapted from https://essay.utwente.nl/59115/1/scriptie_F_Teiwes.pdf - Access on 25/02/19)

65 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

According to the text, mark the option which contains the meaning for the word “hospice”.

a) A protocol for dealing with cancer.

b) A sort of music therapy for cancer patients.

c) A cancer surgery for palliative medical cases.

d) A place providing care for ill people.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264692

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


80) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress like
Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as villains
get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

66 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

Identify the option that summarizes the item “ freedom”.

a) We need to obey rules and regulations that the superpowered characters follow too.

b) We look for supervillainy in order to feel that we can behave the way we want.

c) Supervillains shouldn’t insult our heroes.

d) Nobody can arrest a superhero or a supervillain.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1264696

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2018


81) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

WHY DO SUPERVILLAINS FASCINATE US? A PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

Why are we fascinated by supervillains? Posing the question is much like asking why evil itself intrigues us, but there's much more to our continued interest in
supervillains than meets the eye.

Not only do Lex Luthor, Dracula and the Red Skull run unconstrained by conventional morality, they exist outside the limits of reality itself. Their evil, even at its most
realistic, retains a touch of the unreal.

1
But is our fascination with fantastic fiends healthy? From a psychological perspective, views vary on what drives our enduring interest in superhuman bad guys.

Shadow confrontation: Psychiatrist Carl Jung believed we need to confront and understand our own hidden nature to grow as human beings. Healthy confrontation with
our shadow selves can unearth new strengths (e.g., Bruce Wayne creating his Dark Knight persona to fight crime), whereas unhealthy attempts at confrontation may
involve dwelling on or unleashing the worst parts of ourselves.

Wish fulfillment: Sigmund Freud viewed human nature as inherently antisocial, biologically driven by the undisciplined id's pleasure principle to get what we want when
we want it – born to be bad but held back by society. Even if the psyche fully develops its ego (source of self-control) and superego (conscience), Freudians say the id still
2
dwells underneath, and it wishes for many selfish things – so it would love to be supervillainous.

Hierarchy of needs: Humanistic psychologist Abraham Maslow held that people who haven't met their most basic needs will have difficulty maturing. If starved for food,
you're unlikely to feel secure. If starved for love and companionship, you'll have trouble building self-esteem. People who dwell on their deficits may envy and resent
others who have more than they do. Some people who are unable to overcome social shortcomings fantasize about obtaining any means, good or bad, to satisfy every
need and greed.

Conditioning: Ivan Pavlov would say we can learn to associate supervillains with other things we value – like entertainment, strength, freedom or the heroes themselves.
Behaviorist B.F. Skinner would likely argue that we can find it reinforcing to watch or read about supervillains, but without knowing what's reinforcing about them, that's a
bit like saying it's rewarding because it's rewarding.

Our Motivations for Seeking Out Supervillains

3
Throughout history, humans have been captivated by stories of heroes facing off against superhuman foes . But what specific rewards, needs, wishes and dark dreams
do supervillains satisfy?

Freedom: Superpowered characters enjoy freedoms the rest of us don't. Nobody can arrest Superman unless he lets them (at least not without kryptonite handcuffs). As
much time as supervillains spend locked up, they seem to escape as often as they please, to run unconstrained by rules and regulations. Cosplayers who dress
like Wonder Woman and Captain America can't do any crazy thing that crosses their minds without seeming to mock and insult our heroes, whereas those dressed as
villains get to go wild. Supervillainy feels liberating.

4
Power: Maybe you envy the power these evil characters wield . While that's also a reason to adore superheroes, good guys don't ache to dominate. Stories like
5
Watchmen and Kingdom Come show how heroes become menaces when they try to take over.

67 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

So when dreaming of superpowers, maybe you relate to characters who dream of power as well, from the Scarecrow (who controls individuals' fears) to Doctor Doom
(who's perpetually out to dominate the world).

Better villain than victim: Physiologically, anger activates us and feels better than anxiety or fear. One who feels victimized and cannot figure out constructive ways to
stand up, be strong or become heroic might twist the need for self-assertion into destruction. Alternately, a healthy person simply might focus on how all characters assert
themselves in any given story.

Better villain equals better hero: A hero only appears as heroic as the challenge he or she must overcome. Great heroes require great villains. Without supercriminals, the
6
world's finest heroes seem like overpowered brutes nabbing thugs unworthy of them. Through myths, legends and lore across time, we have needed heroes who rise to
7
the occasion, overcome great odds and take down giants.

Facing our fears: Instead of dreading the darkness, you might reduce that dread by shining a light and seeing what's out there. Fiction can help us feel empowered and
8 9
enlightened without literally traipsing into mob hangouts and poorly lit alleyways .

Exploring the unknown: Our need to challenge the unknown has driven the human race to cover the globe. This powerful curiosity makes us wonder about everything
10
that baffles us, including the world's worst fiends. Knowledge is power, or at least feels like it. When gritty details repulse us, exploring evil through the filter of fiction
can help us contemplate humanity's worst without turning away or dwelling almost voyeuristically on real human tragedy. Even when the fiction is about improbable
people doing impossible things, the story's fantastic nature reassures us that this cannot happen – and therefore we don't have to turn away.

Supervillains' Ultimate Purpose

In the end, our interest in supervillains can be healthy or unhealthy. Even the more maladaptive reasons for such fascination tend to arise from motivations that were
originally healthy and natural – frustrated drives that went the wrong way.

Remember, though, that superheroic fiction ultimately begins and ends with the heroes. Comic book writers and artists create supervillains, who move in and out as guest
stars and supporting cast, first and foremost to reveal how heroic the comics' stars can be.

(Adapted from https://www.wired.com/2012/07/why-do-supervillainsfascinate- us/)

Glossary:
1. fiend – an evil and cruel person
2. to dwell – remain
3. foe – an enemy
4. to wield – influence, use power
5. menace – threat
6. to nab thugs – arrest criminals
7. odds – probability
8. to traipse into mob hangouts – walk among places where gangs, criminals meet
9. poorly lit alleyways – narrow road or path with little light
10. to baffle – confuse somebody completely

In the sentence “ when gritty details repulse us [...]” , the underlined word means

a) harmful.

b) unknown.

c) unpleasant but true.

d) impossible.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278121

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


82) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on

68 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

“Overcrowding of population” in the text means a

a) short number of inhabitants.

b) place for human beings.

c) great amount of people.

d) lack of populational area.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278122

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


83) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of

69 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The sentence “the change in climate is majorly caused by human activities” means that

a) human activities are majorly responsible for the climate change.

b) the change in climate is responsible for several human activities.

c) human changes have caused lots of climate problems.

d) changes in climate are leading to the current human behaviors.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278124

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


84) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

70 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

In the sentence “the change in climate is majorly caused by human activities” , the highlighted word means

a) on the average.

b) basically.

c) unlikely.

d) up to a great extent.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278125

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


85) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water

71 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

Mark the option which best shows the meaning of the highlighted expression in “deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure” .

a) Owed by.

b) Arranged for.

c) Caused by.

d) Deserved by.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278129

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


86) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously

72 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

In the sentence “land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on agricultural production” it is INCORRECT to state that

a) the adverb ‘negatively’ suggests the idea of something with unsatisfactory results.

b) no change of meaning happens if the expression ‘due to’ is replaced by ‘because of’.

c) the time tense of the sentence refers to a past situation which has no relation with the present moment.

d) ‘land degradation’ can be defined as the result of several actions that worsened the quality of the soil.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278131

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


87) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more

73 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

In “poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers” , the underlined word means
a) poverty situation.

b) developing nations.

c) seed and fertilizers.

d) most farmers.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278134

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


88) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

74 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing nations.
Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations resulting in
reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The sentence “recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture” states that
a) investments in agriculture have increased as much as food prices after the recent global crisis.

b) food prices are getting lower than investments in agriculture because of the recent global financial crisis.

c) investments in agriculture are getting more and more common since food prices are getting higher.

d) food prices are getting higher and investments in agriculture are getting lower due to the recent global financial crisis.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278136

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


89) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

75 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing
nations. Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations
resulting in reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

Starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest are mentioned in the text as examples of
a) food shortage negative impacts.

b) food shortage main causes.

c) long term measures to overcome the scarcity of food.

d) emergency measures to overcome the scarcity of food.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278137

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


90) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the

76 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing
nations. Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations
resulting in reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The scarcity of food may lead to long term effects such as

a) malnutrition and hunger.

b) the increase of food prices.

c) starvation and death.

d) climatic changes.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278140

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


91) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors

77 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing
nations. Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations
resulting in reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

Investing in clean energy is considered


a) one of the worst solutions to the problem of food shortage.

b) a good way to increase the green house emissions.

c) a reasonable idea to reduce the adverse effects on the environment.

d) a concern faced by several nations in political instability and social unrest.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278142

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


92) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

78 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing
nations. Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations
resulting in reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries, because they
don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in order to stabilize
green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to engage in projects
aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The personal pronoun “they” refers to


a) adverse effects.

b) homes and industries.

c) geothermal power.

d) some kinds of clean energy.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1278143

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2017


93) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

79 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

FOOD SHORTAGE CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

Food shortage is a serious problem facing the world and is prevalent in sub-Saharan Africa. The scarcity of food is caused by economic, environmental and social factors
such as crop failure, overpopulation and poor government policies are the main cause of food scarcity in most countries. Environmental factors determine the kind of
crops to be produced in a given place, economic factors determine the buying and production capacity and socio-political factors determine distribution of food to the
masses. Food shortage has far reaching long and short term negative impacts which include starvation, malnutrition, increased mortality and political unrest1. There is
need to collectively address the issue of food insecurity using both emergency and long term measures.

Causes of food shortages

There are a number of social factors causing food shortages. The rate of population increase is higher than increase in food production. The world is consuming more
than it is producing, leading to decline in food stock and storage level and increased food prices due to soaring2 demand. Increased population has led to clearing of
agricultural land for human settlement reducing agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Overcrowding of population in a given place results in urbanization of previously
rich agricultural fields. Destruction of forests for human settlement, particularly tropical rain forest has led to climatic changes, such as prolonged droughts and
desertification. Population increase means more pollution as people use more fuel in cars, industry, domestic cooking. The resultant effect is increased air and water
pollution which affect the climate and food production.

Environmental factors have greatly contributed to food shortage. Climatic change has reduced agricultural production. The change in climate is majorly caused by human
activities and to some small extent natural activities. Increased combustion of fossil fuels due to increasing population through power plant, motor transport and mining of
coal and oil emits green house gases which have continued to affect world climate. Deforestation of tropical forest due to human pressure has changed climatic patterns
and rainfall seasons, and led to desertification which cannot support a crop production. Land degradation due to increased human activities has impacted negatively on
agricultural production (Kamdor, 2007). Natural disasters such as floods, tropical storms and prolonged droughts are on the increase and have devastating impacts on
food security particularly in developing countries. There are several economic factors that contribute to food shortage. Economic factors affect the ability of farmers to
engage in agricultural production. Poverty situation in developing nations have reduced their capacity to produce food, as most farmers cannot afford seed and fertilizers.
They use poor farming methods that cannot yield3 enough, even substantial use. Investments in agricultural research and developing are very low in developing
nations. Recent global financial crisis have led to increase in food prices and reduced investments in agriculture by individuals and governments in developed nations
resulting in reduced food production.

Effects of food shortage

There are a number of short term effects of food shortage. The impact on children, mothers and elderly are very evident as seen in malnutrition and hunger related
deaths. Children succumb to hunger within short period as they cannot stand long period of starvation and they die even before the arrival of emergency assistance.

There are also long term effects of food shortage. These include increase in the price of food as a result demand and supply forces. Increasing cost of food production
due to the increase in fuel prices coupled with persistent drought in grain producing regions has contributed to the increase in the price of food in the world. Increase in
oil price led to increase in the price of fertilizers, transportation of food and also industrial agriculture. Increasing food prices culminated in political instability and social
unrest in several nations across the globe in 2007, in countries of Mexico, Cameroon, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Pakistan, Egypt and Bangladesh among other nations (Kamdor,
2007).

Solution to problem of food shortage

There are some solutions to the problem of food shortage. There is need to reduce production of carbon emissions and pollution to reduce the resultant climatic change
through concerted and individual efforts. There is need to invest in clean energy such as solar, nuclear, and geothermal power in homes and industries,
because they don’t have adverse effects on the environment (Kamdor, 2007). Rich nations should help poor nations to develop and use clean and renewable energy in
order to stabilize green house emissions into the atmosphere (Watson, nd). Government need to work in consultation with climatic bodies, World Bank and the UN to
engage in projects aimed at promoting green environment.

Conclusion

Causes of food shortage are well known and can be solved if appropriate measures to solve the problem are taken and effectively implemented. Environmental causes of
4
food shortages are changes in climatic and pollution due to human activities such overgrazing and deforestation which can be controlled through legislation.

(Adapted from http://www.paypervids.com/food-shortage-causeseffects-solutions/Acesso em:14 fev 2017)

Glossary:
1. unrest – disagreement or fighting between different
groups of people
2. soaring – something that increases rapidly above the
usual level
3. yield – to supply or produce something such as profit or
an amount or food
4. overgrazing – excessive use of land where animals feed
on grass

The text conclusion seems to be

a) logical and sharp.

b) nonsense and worn out.

c) controversial and useful.

d) excessive and repeated.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275751

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


94) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

80 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

The text

a) aims at highlighting distinctive mind barriers related to learning.

b) provides the reader with a bird’s-eye-view of Gardner’s landmark publication.

c) develops a considerable set of psychological and mental implications.

d) concerns about spending 30 years to measure people’s intelligence.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275754

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


95) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

81 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

In the sentence “there was a single kind that could be measured by standardized tests”, it is possible to find an option to substitute the pronoun accordingly in

a) when.

b) which.

c) how.

d) whom.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275759

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


96) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

82 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

In the fragment “why the former is not the latter”, the highlighted words refer to

a) multiple intelligences / learning style.

b) over time / theory.

c) ways to reach students / traditional approaches.

d) traditional approaches / K-12 educators.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275763

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


97) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.

83 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

In the sentence “it’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’” , the contraction refers to
a) It has.

b) It been.

c) It is.

d) It was.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275769

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


98) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons

84 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Mark the option which shows the appropriate question tag for the sentence “one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction”.

a) Hasn’t driven it?

b) Not has it?

c) Has it?

d) Hasn’t it?

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275774

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


99) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the

85 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Mark the option that shows synonyms for the underlined expressions in “it’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the record straight” .
a) An important brake / to register.

b) An ordinary condition / to show the discussion.

c) A belated explanation / to make myself clearly understood.

d) An unusual hour / to comprehend an argument.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275777

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


100) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

86 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Choose the best option to change the sentence “human capacities are represented in the brain”, into the active form.

The brain _______________ human capacities.

a) has represented

b) represents

c) has been represented

d) representing

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275779

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


101) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are

87 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

In the fourth paragraph , it’s said that


a) a single intelligence (SI) concept leads to the assumption of computers which control 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

b) MI theory believes that instead of a central computer mastering various sectors, there are a larger amount of them relatively autonomous.

c) MI theory estimates the existence of a central computer responsible for 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

d) a SI determines people’s performance in different sectors of life through autonomous computers.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275781

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


102) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?

88 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Mark the alternative in which the problems described in paragraphs 6 and 7 are correctly summarized.
a) The idea of teaching distinct leaning styles and their consistence were questionable concepts when researches started.

b) Educational researchers have found that an impulsive learning style causes problems in its outcomes.

c) There are proofs that different learning styles exist and produce positive results.

d) The notion of learning styles and the outcomes observed when teaching based on them need further studies.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275784

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


103) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the

89 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Mark the option that contains the correct negative form for the sentence “researchers have tried to identify learning styles”.
a) Researchers have tried to not identify learning styles.

b) Researchers not have tried to identify learning styles.

c) Researchers do not have tried to identify learning styles.

d) Researchers have tried not to identify learning styles.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275788

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


104) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

90 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

The expression “one size fits all approach” means

a) for a variety of cases a single aftermath.

b) the body dimension for human beings.

c) different outcomes for different people.

d) every person has the same achievements.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275793

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


105) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

91 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Mark the option which shows the appropriate plural form for the word “phenomenon”.
a) Phenomenae.

b) Phenomena.

c) Phenomenons.

d) Phenomenos.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275798

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


106) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.

92 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

The expression “back to the drawing boards” suggests that

a) one should pay more attention to the blackboards.

b) every researcher should draw schemes on boards.

c) more knowledge of the subject shall be considered.

d) the evidences are clear on drawing boards.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275801

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


107) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these

93 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

Choose the option that shows the indirect speech form for “These distinctions are consequential.”

Gardner

a) said that those distinctions were consequential.

b) told these distinctions are consequential.

c) said us these distinctions were consequential.

d) told those distinctions are consequential.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1275804

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2016


108) Directions: Read the text below and answer question according to it.

TEXT

Howard Gardner: ‘Multiple intelligences’ are not ‘learning styles’ by Valerie Strauss

The fields of psychology and education were revolutionized 30 years ago when we now worldrenowned psychologist Howard Gardner published his 1983 book Frames of
Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences, which detailed a new model of human intelligence that went beyond the traditional view that there was a single kind that
could be measured by standardized tests.

Gardner’s theory initially listed seven intelligences which work together: linguistic, logical-mathematical, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal; he
later added an eighth, naturalist intelligence and says there may be a few more. The theory became highly popular with K-12 educators1 around the world seeking ways
to reach students who did not respond to traditional approaches, but over time, ‘multiple intelligences’ somehow became synonymous with the concept of ‘learning styles’.
In this important post, Gardner explains why the former is not the latter.

It’s been 30 years since I developed the notion of ‘multiple intelligences’. I have been gratified by the interest shown in this idea and the ways it’s been used in schools,
museums, and business around the world. But one unanticipated consequence has driven me to distraction and that’s the tendency of many people, including persons
whom I cherish, to credit me with the notion of ‘learning styles’ or to collapse ‘multiple intelligences’ with ‘learning styles’. It’s high time to relieve my pain and to set the
record straight.

First a word about ‘MI theory’. On the basis of research in several disciplines, including the study of how human capacities are represented in the brain, I developed the
idea that each of us has a number of relatively independent mental faculties, which can be termed our ‘multiple intelligences’. The basic idea is simplicity itself. A belief in
a single intelligence assumes that we have one central, all-purpose computer, and it determines how well we perform in every sector of life. In contrast, a belief in
multiple intelligences assumes that human beings have 7 to 10 distinct intelligences.

Even before I spoke and wrote about ‘MI’, the term ‘learning styles’ was being bandied about in educational circles. The idea, reasonable enough on the surface, is that all
children (indeed all of us) have distinctive minds and personalities. Accordingly, it makes sense to find out about learners and to teach and nurture them in ways that are
appropriate, that they value, and above all, are effective.

Two problems: first, the notion of ‘learning styles’ is itself not coherent. Those who use this term do not define the criteria for a style, nor where styles come from, how
they are recognized/ assessed/ exploited. Say that Johnny is said to have a learning style that is ‘impulsive’. Does that mean that Johnny is ‘impulsive’ about everything?
How do we know this? What does this imply about teaching? Should we teach ‘impulsively’, or should we compensate by ‘teaching reflectively’? What of learning style is
‘right-brained’ or visual or tactile? Same issues apply.

Problem #2: when researchers have tried to identify learning styles, teach consistently with those styles, and examine outcomes, there is not persuasive evidence that the
learning style analysis produces more effective outcomes than a ‘one size fits all approach’. Of course, the learning style analysis might have been inadequate. Or even if it
is on the mark, the fact that one intervention did not work does not mean that the concept of learning styles is fatally imperfect; another intervention might have proved
effective. Absence of evidence does not prove non-existence of a phenomenon; it signals to educational researchers: ‘back to the drawing boards’.

Here’s my considered judgment about the best way to analyze this lexical terrain:

Intelligence: We all have the multiple intelligences. But we signed out, as a strong intelligence, an area where the person has considerable computational power.

Style or learning style: A hypothesis of how an individual approaches the range of materials. If an individual has a ‘reflective style’, he/she is hypothesized to be reflective
about the full range of materials. We cannot assume that reflectiveness in writing necessarily signals reflectiveness in one’s interaction with the others.

Senses: Sometimes people speak about a ‘visual’ learner or an ‘auditory’ learner. The implication is that some people learn through their eyes, others through their ears.
This notion is incoherent. Both spatial information and reading occur with the eyes, but they make use of entirely different cognitive faculties. What matters is the power
of the mental computer, the intelligence that acts upon that sensory information once picked up.

These distinctions are consequential. If people want to talk about ‘an impulsive style’ or a ‘visual learner’, that’s their prerogative. But they should recognize that these
labels may be unhelpful, at best, and ill-conceived at worst.

94 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

In contrast, there is strong evidence that human beings have a range of intelligences and that strength (or weakness) in one intelligence does not predict strength (or
weakness) in any other intelligences. All of us exhibit jagged profiles of intelligences. There are common sense ways of assessing our own intelligences, and even if it
seems appropriate, we can take a more formal test battery. And then, as teachers, parents, or selfassessors, we can decide how best to make use of this information.

(Adapted from https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/answer-sheet)

Glossary:
1. K-12 educators defend the adoption of an interdisciplinary curriculum and methods for teaching with objects.

According to the last paragraph


a) many outcomes have shown more kinds of strong or weak intelligences.

b) other intelligences are always more significant for human beings.

c) despite gathering distinctive intelligences people use their senses.

d) knowing intelligences are many, one becomes able to use them as needed.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274726

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


109) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

“In Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of ‘friend’ ” means that
a) if you go to Russia you won't find a best friend.

b) a friendly person is a recognized authority in Russia.

c) you may have lots of close friends in Russia, but not all are trustful.

95 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

d) the status of “friend” in Russia shows how much one is respected.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274728

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


110) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

Mark the option that shows the same meaning as in “Americans have no close confidants”.
a) Americans do have not any close confidants.

b) Americans not have any close confidants.

c) Americans haven't any close confidants.

d) Americans do not have any close confidants.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274730

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


111) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend

96 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

The first paragraph

a) compares the tasks individuals have when friends.

b) states that friendship is ruled by the amount of friends.

c) makes an outline concerning the way friendship works.

d) means that you cannot tell arch-enemies apart.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274732

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


112) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned

97 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

“Socially crippling conditions” refers to

a) college and university atmosphere.

b) Asperger and autism children.

c) post-secondary-education friendships.

d) researchers and friends.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274736

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


113) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form

98 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

Mark the option that is closest in meaning to “Unfortunately making friends seems to trouble many of people”.
a) Unfortunately making friends seems to annoy many of people.

b) Unfortunately making friends seems to change many of people.

c) Unfortunately making friends seems to delight many of people.

d) Unfortunately making friends seems to comply many of people.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274738

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


114) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

Mark the option which shows the same meaning as in “Americans' dependence on family”.
a) The family's dependence on Americans'.

b) The Americans family dependence.

99 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

c) The Americans dependence of family's.

d) The dependence of Americans on family.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274739

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


115) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

According to the last paragraph

a) every human being is the same in many ways.

b) one is able to have only friends and arch-enemies in life.

c) even tough friends are equal, they differ when together.

d) despite friendship vary, one will always have each of them.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274740

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


116) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

100 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

According to the information in the fourth and fifth paragraphs

a) the quality of American close friendships have been decreasing since the 1980's despite its quantity.

b) American's dependence on family is not as big as their dependence on a partner or spouse.

c) real friendships have been decreasing in some countries such as Russia and Asia.

d) in Middle East and Central Asia, friends born out of respect, fear and superiority standards.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274742

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


117) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames

101 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

“This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however”. The option that replaces the highlighted expression is

a) so.

b) though.

c) thus.

d) most likely.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274744

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


118) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.

102 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

Choose the best option to complete the active form of the sentence: “The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology,
philosophy, and zoology” .

The fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology ______________ the study of friendship.

a) Include

b) have included

c) are including

d) have been including

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274748

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


119) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

103 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Choose the option which shows the same kind of comparison in the underlined adjective in “friendship is considered to be closer than association” .
a) Americans have no best friends.

b) While less restricted in Russia.

c) Friendships are often more intense than relationship.

d) Everyone has at least one best friend.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274752

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


120) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

“Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives”. The option that contains a synonym for the underlined expression is
a) nevertheless.

b) due to.

c) therefore.

d) although.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274754

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


121) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

104 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

Choose the option that shows the sentence “good friends encourage their friends to seek help and access services” in the indirect speech form.

a) The text told good friends encourage their friends to seek help and access services.

b) The text said us that good friends encourage their friends to seek help and access services.

c) The text told that good friends encourage their friends to seek help and access services.

d) The text said that good friends encouraged their friends to seek help and access services.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274758

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


122) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

105 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

“Good friends enhance their friend's coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems” . The highlighted word has the same meaning as in

a) engrave.

b) entreat.

c) enlighten.

d) enlist.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274759

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


123) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period

106 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

The expression “coping skills” is closest in meaning to

a) the capability to give up something.

b) the ability to manage something.

c) the position to resent something.

d) the condition to resign from something.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1274762

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2015


124) Directions: Answer question according to the text.

TEXT

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FRIENDS AND TYPES OF FRIENDSHIP

Everyone has at least one best friend, some maybe even more. There are also those people who are just friends and also arch-enemies. People may think that just
because they are your friends it means that they are your best friend. The thing is, even though they are your friend, the relationship between a best friend and a friend
is different. Either way regardless of archenemies, friends or best friends, there are not many ways to compare any of these different types of friends, but you can easily
contrast them from one another.

Arch-enemies often know more about each other than two friends. In a comparison of personal relationships, friendship is considered to be closer than association,
although a wide range of degrees of intimacy exists in friendships, arch-enemies, and associations. Friendship and association can be thought of as spanning across the
same continuum. The study of friendship is included in the fields of sociology, social psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and zoology. Even animals have familiars!
Various academic theories of friendship have been proposed, among which are social exchange theory, equity theory, relational dialectics, and attachment styles. In
Russia, one typically bestows very few people the status of “friend”.

These friendships, however, make up in intensity what they lack in number. Friends are entitled to call each other by their first names alone, and to use diminutives. A
customary example of polite behavior is addressing "acquaintances" by full first name plus their patronymic. These could include relationships which elsewhere would be
qualified as real friendships, such as workplace relationships of long standing, or neighbors with whom one shares an occasional meal or a social drink with.

Also in the Middle East and Central Asia, male friendships, while less restricted than in Russia, tend to be reserved and respectable in nature. They may use nicknames
and diminutive forms of their first names. In countries like India, it is believed in some parts that friendship is a form of respect, not born out of fear or superiority.
Friends are people who are equal in most standards, but still respect each other regardless of their attributes or shortcomings. Most of the countries previously mentioned
(Russia, Asia, and even the Middle East) and even our own nation are suffering a decline in genuine friendships.

According to a study documented in the June 2006 issue of the Journal American Sociological Review, Americans are thought to be suffering a loss in the quality and
quantity of close friendships since at least 1985. The study’s results state that twenty-five percent of Americans have no close confidants, and the average total number of
confidants per citizen has dropped from four to two. According to the study, Americans' dependence on family as a safety net went up from fiftyseven percent to eighty
percent; Americans dependence on a partner or spouse went up from five percent to nine percent.

Recent studies have found a link between fewer friendships, especially in quality, and psychological and physiological regression. In the sequence of the emotional
development of the individual, friendships come after parental bonding and before the pair bonding engaged in at the approach of maturity. In the intervening period
between the end of early childhood and the onset of full adulthood, friendships are often the most important relationships in the emotional life of the adolescent, and are
often more intense than relationships experienced later in life.

Unfortunately, making friends seems to trouble many of people. Having no friends can be emotionally damaging for all ages, from young children to full grown adults. A
study performed by researchers from Purdue University found that post-secondary-education friendships, college and university last longer than the friendships before it.
Children with Asperger syndrome and autism usually have some difficulty forming friendships. Socially crippling conditions like these are just one way that the social world
is so difficult to thrive in. This does not mean that they are not able to form friendships, however. With time, moderation and proper instruction, they are able to form
friendships after realizing their own strengths and weaknesses.

There is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link, including that; Good friends encourage their friends to lead more healthy lifestyles; Good friends encourage
their friends to seek help and access services, when needed; Good friends enhance their friend’s coping skills in dealing with illness and other health problems; and/or
Good friends actually affect physiological pathways that are protective of health. Regardless of what we think, we can clearly see that there are some ways that friends,
best friends and archenemies are the same, but in the end they are clearly more different. Nonetheless we all have every single type in our lives.

(Adapted from: http://www.ukessays.com/essays/philosophy/therelationship-between-friends-and-types-of-friendship-philosophyessay.php)

107 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

In the sentence “there is a number of theories that attempt to explain the link”, it is possible to find an option to substitute the pronoun accordingly in
a) when.

b) how.

c) whom.

d) which.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273714

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


125) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly
half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

One of the purposes of the text is to show that

a) machines are as effective at reaching decisions as we are.

b) some easy tasks are much more difficult to a machine.

c) automated activities are the most questionable ones to be done by robots.

d) human beings are getting worse and worse at performing robot’s tasks.

108 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273715

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


126) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly
half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

According to the first paragraph, robots can be _____ by many names.

a) called

b) invented

c) examined

d) protected

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273717

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


127) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly

109 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

The expression “wave of computer progress” has the same idea as

a) increase of social skills.

b) reduction of skilled machine.

c) technology advances.

d) social-intelligence moat.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273718

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


128) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly
half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

110 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

In the sentence “Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant [...]” the pronoun “who” can be replaced, with no change
in meaning, by

a) which.

b) whose.

c) what.

d) that.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273720

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


129) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly
half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the

111 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

According to paragraph 5, managers are

a) at risk of losing their jobs.

b) professionals that need to have social skills.

c) paid to do manual work.

d) subjected to automation.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273721

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


130) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly
half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

112 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

Mark the option closest in meaning to “We don't really have a clue” .
a) We're completely unable to guess what will happen.

b) People are prepared for hard times in the future.

c) We're not trying to find out what the right thing to do is.

d) We won't have a chance in the future.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273737

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


131) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

(A)
Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries . But this time is different:
nearly half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers. Robotic arms are stronger and more
tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage, middle-
skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
(B)
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety , and
management positions are the least likely to be automated.

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
(C)
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans . In this light, automation doesn't make the
(D)
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity .

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier. We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

In the sentence “for the last three decades”, the underlined item was used in the same way as in

a) “[...] killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries.”

b) “[...] people responsible for our safety [...]”

113 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

c) “[...] caring for other humans.”

d) “[...] opportunities for human creativity.”

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273748

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


132) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT I.

TEXT I

JOBS AT HIGH RISK

It is an invisible force that goes by many names. Computerization. Automation. Artificial intelligence. Technology. Innovation. And, everyone's favorite, ROBOTS.

Whatever name you prefer, some form of it has been stimulating progress and killing jobs — from tailors to paralegals — for centuries. But this time is different: nearly
half of American jobs today could be automated in "a decade or two". The question is: which half?

(C) (D)
Another way of posing the same question is: Where do machines work better than people? Tractors are more powerful than farmers . Robotic arms are stronger
and more tireless than assembly-line workers. But in the past 30 years, software and robots have succeeded replacing a particular kind of occupation: the average-wage,
middle-skill, routine-heavy worker, especially in manufacturing and office administration.

Indeed, it's projected that the next wave of computer progress will continue to endanger human work where it already has: manufacturing, administrative support, retail,
and transportation. Most remaining factory jobs are "likely to diminish over the next decades". Cashiers, counter clerks, and telemarketers are similarly endangered. On
(B)
the other hand, health care workers, people responsible for our safety, and management positions are the least likely to be automated .

The next big thing

We might be on the edge of an innovating moment in robotics and artificial intelligence. Although the past 30 years have reduced the middle, high- and low-skill jobs
have actually increased, as if protected from the invading armies of robots by their own moats. Higher-skill workers have been protected by a kind of social-intelligence
moat. Computers are historically good at executing routines, but they're bad at finding patterns, communicating with people, and making decisions, which is what
managers are paid to do. This is why some people think managers are, for the moment, one of the largest categories immune to the fast wave of AI.

Meanwhile, lower-skill workers have been protected by the Moravec moat. Hans Moravec was a futurist who pointed out that machine technology copied a savant infant:
Machines could do long math equations instantly and beat anybody in chess, but they can't answer a simple question or walk up a flight of stairs. As a result, not skilled
work done by people without much education (like home health care workers, or fast-food attendants) have been saved, too.

The human half

In the 19th century, new manufacturing technology replaced what was then skilled labor. In the second half of the 20th century, however, software technology took the
place of median-salaried office work. The first wave showed that machines are better at assembling things. The second showed that machines are better at organizing
things. Now data analytics and self-driving cars suggest they might be better at patternrecognition and driving. So what are we better at?

The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers, health-care workers, and a super-category that includes education, media, and community service. One
conclusion to draw from this is that humans are, and will always be, superior at working with, and caring for other humans. In this light, automation doesn't make the
world worse. Far from it: it creates new opportunities for human creativity.

But robots are already creeping into diagnostics and surgeries. Schools are already experimenting with software that replaces teaching hours. The fact that some
industries have been safe from automation for the last three decades doesn't guarantee that they'll be safe for the next one.

(A)
It would be anxious enough if we knew exactly which jobs are next in line for automation. The truth is scarier . We don't really have a clue.

(Adapted from http://www.businessinsider.com/robots-overtakingamerican-jobs-2014-1)

Glossary:
savant infant – a child with great knowledge and ability
to assemble – to make something by joining separate parts
to creep – to move slowly, quietly and carefully

Mark the option that contains an adjective in the same form as in “The safest industries and jobs are dominated by managers [...]” .

a) “The truth is scarier.”

b) “[...] the least likely to be automated.”

c) “Where do machines work better than people?”

d) “Tractors are more powerful than farmers.”

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273763

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


133) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

114 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

Read the statements and mark the right option.

I. Universities and colleges prepare students for jobs that already exist.
II. All jobs of the future will be better paid than today's jobs.
III. The majority of future jobs are still unknown.

The correct statement(s) is (are)

a) I, II and III.

b) II.

c) III.

d) I and III.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273764

115 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


134) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

The text's main goal is to

a) force some jobs out of the marketplace.

b) call people's attention to future professional opportunities.

c) increase the number of educated people in high school.

d) create careers for people who predict the future.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273766

116 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


135) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

Mark the INCORRECT alternative.


a) Some professionals of the future will have to deal with environmental issues.

b) In the future, old people will need services that have not been given attention yet.

c) Changes in the world today will stimulate the creation of new jobs.

d) Technology and communication won't affect existing jobs.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273767

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014

117 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

136) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

“Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.” The underlined word refers to
a) primary complaints.

b) students.

c) jobs.

d) changes.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273771

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014

118 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

137)
Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

“This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10 years.” The underlined word is closest in meaning to
a) never.

b) exactly.

c) mainly.

d) probably.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273778

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014

119 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

138)
Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

(A)
3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The
trend will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

(B)
Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

(C)
Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing
group of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
(D)
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as
we begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

All the following verbs are used in the text in their literal meaning, EXCEPT

a) rise.

b) explode.

c) age .

d) kill .

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273780

120 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014


139) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

“The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface.” This sentence means that

a) occupations listed in the text are not really interesting for young workers.

b) the jobs' reality relies much upon the possibility one has to work.

c) new jobs and occupations are becoming real as time goes by.

d) if you work with surface professions, there's a great possibility of success.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1273781

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2014

121 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

140) Directions: Answer question according to TEXT II.

TEXT II

JOBS OF THE FUTURE

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person


who holds the job.” – George W. Crane

One of my primary complaints with higher education is that they tend to prepare students for jobs of the past. Similarly, the best paying jobs of the future are all jobs that
currently exist today. Many of them will still exist in the future, but with some changes as technology and communication systems make their impact.

As a rule of thumb, 60% of the jobs 10 years from now haven’t been invented yet. With that in mind, I’ve decided to put together a list of some jobs that will be in high
demand in the future.

Jobs before 2020

Many of the changes we see today will cause new jobs to materialize quickly. This first section deals with new positions that will likely be developed within the next 10
years.

3D printing engineers – Classes in 3D printing are already being introduced into high schools and the demand for printer-produced products will rise quickly. The trend
will be for these worker-less workshops to enter virtually different fields, at the same time, driving the need for competent technicians and engineers to design and
maintain the next wave of this technology.

Nano-medics – Health professionals capable of working on the nano-level, both in designing diagnostics systems, remedies, and monitoring solutions will be in high
demand.

Organ agents – The demand for transplantable organs is exploding and people who can track down and deliver healthy organs will be in hot demand.

Octogenarian service providers – As the population continues to age we will have record numbers of people living into their 80s, 90s, and 100s. This growing group
of active oldsters will provide a demand for goods and services currently not being addressed in today’s marketplace.

Jobs in 2030 and beyond

A number of technologies currently on the drawing board will require a bit longer lead time before the industry comes into its own. Here are a few examples of these
kinds of jobs:

Body part & limb makers – The organ agents listed before will quickly find themselves out of work as soon as we figure out how to efficiently grow and mass produce
our own organs from scratch.

Earthquake forecasters – While scientists are developing skills to work with nanoscale precision on the earth’s surface, the best we can know about below the surface
is blindfolded guesswork done with 100-mile precision. What we don’t know is literally killing us – over 226,000 killed in 2010 alone. But that will change over time as we
begin to understand the inner working of the earth and accurately forecast when the next big quakes are about to hit.

“Heavy air” engineers – Compressed air is useful in a wide variety of ways. However, we have yet to figure out how to compress streams of air as they pass through
our existing atmosphere. Once we do, it will create untold opportunity for non-surface based housing and transportation system, weather control, and other kinds of
experimentation.

Final thoughts
The jobs and occupations listed above are just scratching the surface. This list is intended to help stretch your imagination and start you down a path of imagining your
own future.

(Adapted from http://www.futuristspeaker.com/2011/11/55-jobs-of-the-future)

“There is no future in any job. The future lies in the person who holds the job.” – George W. Crane.

Crane's quotation in the indirect speech is best shown in


a) Crane asked if there is future in any job. The future lay in the person who will hold the job.

b) Crane said there will be no future in any job. The future lay in the person who holds the job.

c) Crane says there is no future in any job. The future lies in the person who held the job.

d) Crane said that there was no future in any job. He also added that the future lay in the person who held the job.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272479

122 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


141) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

The main purpose of this text is to

a) alert readers about all the disadvantages related to wars.

b) show that moral rules of behavior concerning wars had long been discussed.

c) prevent humans from engaging or fighting.

d) influence societies to follow their nature and therefore, justify their warlike behavior when facing future wars.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272487

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


142) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

123 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

War ethics’ intention, according to the text, is to show that

a) even the enemies deserve a fair treatment.

b) in a war every violent action can be justified.

c) individual actions shouldn’t be controlled.

d) it’s wrong not to kill your opponent.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272942

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


143) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

War ethics’ intention, according to the text, is to show that

a) even the enemies deserve a fair treatment.

b) in a war every violent action can be justified.

c) individual actions shouldn’t be controlled.

d) it’s wrong not to kill your opponent.

124 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272943

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


144) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

The best definition for the word ‘drafting’ is a/the

a) concluded idea about an assumption.

b) system of regulations only for the high ranking officers.

c) written version that is not in its final form.

d) personnel who select the drafted soldiers.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272944

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


145) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for

125 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

In the phrase “should be avoided” the modal verb expresses

a) a sense of obligation.

b) something that is probable.

c) confidence that something will happen.

d) the idea of what is right to do.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272946

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


146) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

126 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Choose the alternative in which the determiner ‘neither’ is used with the same meaning as the one in italics in the text.
a) ‘My brother can’t swim. Me neither.’

b) ‘I neither smoke nor drink.’

c) ‘Kate doesn’t like technology. Neither does Linda.’

d) ‘Can you come on Monday or Tuesday?’ ‘I’m afraid neither day is possible.’

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272947

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


147) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

The verbal construction of the underlined sentence in the text expresses the notion of an action

a) completed in the past.

b) that no longer lasts.

c) repeated over a period of time.

d) already arranged to do but didn’t happen.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272948

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


148) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT I.

TEXT I

ETHICS OF WAR

Human beings have been fighting each other since prehistoric times, and people have been discussing the rights and wrongs of it for almost as long.

The Ethics of War starts by assuming that war is a bad thing, and should be avoided if possible, but it recognizes that there can be situations when war may be the lesser
evil of several bad choices.

127 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

War is a bad thing because it involves deliberately killing or injuring people, and this is a fundamental wrong – an abuse of the victims human rights.

The purpose of war ethics is to help decide what is right or wrong, both for individuals and countries, and to contribute to debates on public policy, and ultimately to
government and individual action.

War ethics also leads to the creation of formal codes of war (e.g. the Hague and Geneva conventions), the drafting and implementation of rules of engagement for
soldiers, and in the punishment of soldiers and others for war crimes.

The three key questions are:


Is it ever right to go to war?
When is it right to fight?
What is the moral way to conduct a war?

The discussion of the ethics of war goes back to the Greeks and Romans, although neither civilization behaved particularly well in war.

In the Christian tradition war ethics were developed by St Augustine, and later by St Thomas Aquinas and others.

Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), a Dutch philosopher and author of De Jure Belli Ac Pacis (The Rights of War and Peace), wrote down the conditions for a just war that are
accepted today.

Cicero argued that there was no acceptable reason for war outside of just revenge or self-defence – in which he included the defence of honor.

He also argued that a war could not be just unless it was publicly declared and unless compensation for the enemy’s offence had first been demanded.

Cicero based his argument on the assumption that nature and human reason influenced a society against war, and that there was a fundamental code of behavior for
nations.

Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.uk/ethics/war/. Shtml Acessado em 14/03/2013

Mark the only sentence below that has the same function of the Modal verb in bold in text.

a) ‘Children under 8 are not allowed to swim here’, the sign says.

b) In UK, pubs must close at ten. It’s a rule.

c) “May I have your attention?” The principal asked the students before the classes started.

d) My father said to me: “It can be dangerous, watch out!”

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272950

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


149) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they _____________(1) in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the

128 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Middle East. Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and _____________(2) flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

Choose the alternative containing the correct verbal tenses to complete the gaps (1) and (2) in the text.

a) won’t act / have been taking

b) are acting / haven’t taken

c) didn’t act / took

d) were acting / had taken

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272951

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


150) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police

129 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

One of the main reasons of the Al Qaeda attacks was

a) a necessity of taking initiatives to force George W. Bush out.

b) the retaliation against the contribution given to Israel by the USA.

c) because the Middle East had lost previous wars against the USA.

d) to incite terrorism in New York and Washington, D.C.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272953

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


151) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd

130 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

Consider the following statements based on the text.

I. Almost three thousand people were saved in the World Trade Center.

II. The hijackers of the United Flight 93 plane circled over downtown in Washington, D.C.

III. A fire extinguisher is supposed to be the weapon used by the passengers to attack the hijackers.

IV. The North tower was the second giant concrete building to collapse.

The correct ones are only

a) I and III.

b) I and II.

c) III and IV.

d) I, II and III.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272954

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


152) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the

131 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

According to the text, “some terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year [f]”. It means that the terrorists

a) lived in the US before the attacks.

b) were still living in the US when the tragedy happened.

c) had plans to move to America after the deadly events.

d) intended to leave the US.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272955

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


153) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the

132 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

The word “meanwhile” (paragraph 5) indicates in the text that


a) many events happened at different times.

b) a short event interfered in a longer one.

c) two events were happening at the same time.

d) an important event would come to pass.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272956

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


154) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

133 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

The verb “learned” has the same meaning as

a) talked about

b) heard

looked for

c) typed

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272957

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


155) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

The sentence “Thomas Burnett Jr. told his wife over the phone that ‘I know that we’re all going to die’ ” is similar in meaning to

Thomas Burnett Jr.

a) said his wife he knew they were all going to die.

b) said that he knew they were all going to die.

134 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

c) asked if he knew they were all going to die.

d) told “I know we’re all going to die”.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1272959

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2013


156) Directions: Answer question based on TEXT II.

TEXT II

SEPTEMBER 11

On September 11, 2001, nineteen militants associated with the Islamic extremist group al-Qaeda hijacked four airlines and carried out suicide attacks against targets in
the United States. Two of the planes were flown into the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, a third plane hit the Pentagon just outside Washington, D.C.,
and the fourth plane crashed in a field in Pennsylvania. Often referred to as 9/11, the attacks resulted in extensive death and destruction, activating major U.S. initiatives
to combat terrorism and defining the presidency of George W. Bush. Over three thousand people were killed during the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.,
including more than four hundred police officers and firefighters.

At 8:45 a.m., on a clear Tuesday morning, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with twenty thousand gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World
Trade Center in New York City. The impact left a wide, burning hole near the 80th floor of the 110- story skyscraper, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping
hundreds more in higher floors. Eighteen minutes after the first plane hit, a second Boeing 767– United Airlines Flight 175–appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward
the World Trade Center and crashed into the south tower near the 60th floor. The collision caused a massive explosion that showered burning fragment over surrounding
buildings and the streets below. America was under attack.

The attackers were Islamic terrorists from Saudi Arabia and several other Arab nations. Reportedly financed by Saudi fugitive Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda terrorist
organization, they were acting in retaliation for America's support of Israel, its involvement in the Persian Gulf War and its continued military presence in the Middle East.
Some of the terrorists had lived in the United States for more than a year and had taken flying lessons at American commercial flight schools.

As millions watched the events unfolding in New York, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C., and banged into the west side of the Pentagon
military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Jet fuel from the Boeing 757 caused a devastating inferno that led to the structural collapse of a portion of the giant concrete building.
Less than fifteen minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the horror in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south
tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m., the other Trade Center tower collapsed. Close to three thousand people
died in the World Trade Center and its vicinity, including an impressive three hundred and forty three firefighters and paramedics, twenty three New York City police
officers and thirty seven Port Authority police officers who were struggling to complete an evacuation of the buildings and save the office workers trapped* on higher
floors.

Meanwhile, a fourth California-bound plane–United Flight 93–was hijacked about forty minutes after leaving Newark International Airport in New Jersey. Because the
plane had been delayed in taking off, passengers on board learned of events in New York and Washington via cell phone calls to the ground. Knowing that the aircraft was
not returning to an airport as the hijackers claimed, a group of passengers and flight attendants planned a rebellion. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his
wife over the phone that "I know we're all going to die. There are three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey." Another passenger–Todd
Beamer–was heard saying "Are you guys ready? Let's roll" over an open line.

The passengers fought the four hijackers and are suspected to have attacked the cockpit with a fire extinguisher. The plane then flipped over and sped toward the
ground, crashing in a rural field in western Pennsylvania at 10:10 a.m. All forty-five people aboard were killed. Within two months, U.S. forces had effectively removed the
Taliban from operational power, but the war continued. Osama bin Laden, was finally chased and killed by U.S. forces in Abbottabad, Pakistan.

Adapted from http://www.history.com/topics/9-11-attacks Acessado em 04/04/2013

Glossary:
*Trapped – to be in a bad situation that is difficult to escape.

Mark the right option to complete the statement.

If the plane hadn’t been delayed in taking off, the passengers ............... about the events in New York and Washington.

a) wouldn’t have known

b) shouldn’t have known

c) would know

d) hadn’t known

135 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302797

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


157) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

136 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Mark the option that is related to the Air Force Academy.


a) Cadets are prepared at AFA to perform in different areas.

b) The Air Force Academy trains the Army to administer the Brazilian officers.

c) The Academy instructs the Aeronautics Brazilian officers to manage our country.

d) The Brazilian Aviation School forced AFA’s instructors to abandon their military base, creating a new command.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302798

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


158) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

137 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

Read the statements in order to mark only the correct ones according to the text.

I. The military aviation work had to be controlled by Europe in the beginning of the 1940s because of a war.
II. Because of a war, the government resolved to unify the military aviation operation under a single command.
III. A single officer was chosen to concentrate the military aviation skills.
IV. As the Brazilian government got worried, it was decided to join the military aviation operations due to air European war.

a) III and I.

b) II and IV.

c) I, II and III.

d) II, III and IV.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302800

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


159) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian

138 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

The last sentence from the text connotes a

a) way to celebrate the importance of The Brazilian military schools.

b) metaphor that describes the similarity among pilots, aircrafts and wings.

c) comparison between a myth and a hero.

d) reference to ancient airplanes.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302801

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


160) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were

139 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

Mark the alternative that has the fragment from the text INCORRECTLY changed into Active Voice.

a) The air war in Europe concerned The Brazilian Government.

b) Someone chose the town of Pirassununga among others.

c) Somebody redesigned the School as the Air Force Academy.

d) The officers trained the Cadets on different subjects.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302802

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


161) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the

140 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

We can infer from the text that among the different specializations

a) the future Pilot has to be trained for hours before becoming skilful.

b) the pilot should follow instructions on security techniques and deal with anti-aircraft measures more than the Aeronautics Infantry.

c) the Administrative Officer might have the most advanced training on aircraft of all.

d) Aeronautics Infantry and Pilots ought to obtain more and more instructions on aerobatics.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302803

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


162) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

141 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

All the options below complete the boldfaced sentence. Mark the one in which the Relative Pronoun is INCORRECTLY used.

When Brazilian Aviation School was founded,


a) both the Brazilian Army and the Navy, which had their own air arms, used to have military missions.

142 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

b) Rio de Janeiro was the place where this school was located.

c) there were two French aircrafts who were available to the instructions of the students.

d) it provided instructions that were similar to the best European schools.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302804

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


163) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

143 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

Read the statements about the informative text and mark the correct option.

I. In the beginning of the last century, Brazilian cadets were sent to the best European schools that provided them instruction.
II. In France, the youngsters had Blériot and Farman aircraft instruction.
III. Brazilian Aviation School had to be closed in 1913.
IV. The Brazilian Aviation School and the Naval Aviation School were created in the same year.

a) Only I and II are correct.

b) Only III and IV are correct.

c) All sentences are correct.

d) None of the sentences are correct.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302809

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


164) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

144 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

The connectives however and thus express, respectively, and .

a) contrast - result

b) addition - conclusion

c) contrast - addition

d) conclusion - result

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302810

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


165) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little

145 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

According to the text, in 1941,

a) the Brazilian Air Force replaced the Army and Navy air arms.

b) Military and Naval aviation schools were created at Campo dos Afonsos.

c) students from both Military and Naval aviation schools started to be called Aeronautics Cadets.

d) the Air Ministry created the Army and Navy air arms.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302811

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


166) TEXT I

Read the text below to answer question according to it.

BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY

AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga, State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers for the
Brazilian Air Force.

The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro. Its
mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for the
instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918, however, forced its instructors to leave and the school was closed.

146 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

At that time, both the Brazilian Army and Navy had their own air arms, the Military Aviation and the Naval Aviation. The Navy bought Curtiss F seaplanes in May 1916 to
equip the latter, and in August of the same year, the Naval Aviation School was created.

The Military Aviation, however, only activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War, on 10 July 1919. Among the aircrafts used at the school, one could find the
Sopwith 1A2, Bréguet 14A2, and Spad 7.

Until the beginning of the 1940s, both schools continued with their activities. The Brazilian Government was concerned with the air war in Europe and decided to
concentrate under a single command the military aviation activities. Thus, on 20 January 1941, the Air Ministry was created and both the Army and Navy air arms were
disbanded, their personnel and equipment forming the Brazilian Air Force. On 25 March 1941, the Aeronautics School was based at Campo dos Afonsos, and its students
became known as Aeronautics Cadets from 1943 to the current days.

As early as 1942, it became clear that the Aeronautics School would need to be transferred to another place, offering better climate and little
interference with the flight instruction of the future pilots.

The town of Pirassununga was chosen among others, and, in 1952, the first buildings construction was initiated. The transfer of the School activities to Pirassununga
occurred from 1960 to 1971. The School was redesigned as the Air Force Academy in 1969.

The motto of the Academy is the Latin expression “Macte Animo! Generose Puer, sic itur ad astra”, extracted from the poem Thebaida, by the Roman poet Tatius. It is an
exhortation to the cadets, which can be translated as Courage! This is the way, oh noble youngster, to the stars.

The instruction of the Aeronautics Cadets, during the four-year-long course, has its activities centred in the words COURAGE - LOYALTY - HONOUR - DUTY
- MOTHERLAND. The future officers take courses on several subjects, including Calculus, Computer Science, Mechanics, Portuguese and English, given by civilian
lecturers, Air Force instructors and supervisors. The military instruction itself is given on a daily basis, and the Cadets are trained on different subjects, including
parachuting, and sea and jungle survival.

Flight instruction at the Academy with T-27 Tucano aircraft.

According to the chosen specialization, the Cadet will receive specific instruction:

Pilots: Instruction on precision maneuvering, aerobatics, formation flying and by instruments, with 75 flying hours on the primary/basic training aircraft T-25 Universal,
beginning on the 2nd term of the 1st year and completed in the 3rd year. Advanced training is given on T-27 Tucano aircraft, with 125 flying hours.

Administrative: Training on the scientific and technological modern foundations of economics and financial management, and logistics training.

Aeronautics Infantry: Instruction on defense and security techniques of military Aeronautics installations, anti-aircraft measures, command of troops and firefighting
teams, military laws and regulations, armament usage, military service and call-up procedures.

During their leisure time, the Cadets participate on the activities of seven different clubs: Aeromodelling, Literature, Informatics, Firearms shooting, Gauchos Heritage (for
those coming from the South of Brazil), Gerais Club and Sail Flying. The clubs are directed by the Cadets themselves, under supervision of Air Force officers.

The Academy also houses the Brazilian Air Force Air Demonstration Squadron - The Smoke Squadron.

Flying as the eagles do!

Adapted from http://www.rudnei.cunha.nom.br/FAB/en/afa.html

The sentence “The Military Aviation [...] activated its Military Aviation School after the Great War [...]” can be rewritten, with the same meaning, as .
a) during the Great War the Military Aviation activated its Military Aviation School.

b) by the time the Military Aviation activated its Military Aviation School, the Great War had already finished.

c) the Great War finished when the Military Aviation activated its Military Aviation School.

d) the Military Aviation activated its Military Aviation School through the Great War.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302815

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


167) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long

147 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

The last two sentences of the second paragraph mean that the interference of bilingualism

a) was considered positive in the past, but nowadays this view has changed.

b) has always been a problem, since the brain has to solve an internal conflict.

c) brings to the brain an internal conflict that improves its cognition.

d) has proved to increase the disabilities of the brain and reduce the blessings it can have.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302819

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


168) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help

148 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

Considering the context, mark the alternative that contains the correct synonym or explanation to the words from the text.
a) Remarkably – ordinarily, usually.

b) For instance – in my opinion.

c) So-called – used to introduce a new expression.

d) Even – used to explain something.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302821

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


169) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

149 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

Mark the INCORRECT option. According to the text, recent researches prove that bilingualism
a) causes general cognitive development.

b) enables people to communicate better in both languages only.

c) prevents people from suffering from problems related to memory and other mental disorders or delay these problems.

d) is seen as positive cognitive interference.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302824

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


170) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

Mark the option that correctly substitutes the expression rather than .
a) Instead of.

b) As well as.

c) Aside from.

d) In addition to.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302826

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012

150 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

171) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

Based on the text, it is NOT correct to state that bilingualism

a) delays the symptoms of diseases related to old age.

b) has effect on children’s brains.

c) is irrelevant for the elderly.

d) develops the ability of performing difficult tasks.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302828

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


172) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which

151 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

The psychological study done in 2004 (3rd paragraph) showed that

a) the children in preschool had the same performances in both tests.

b) bilingual children were more efficient in the most complex test.

c) monolinguals are better at solving mental puzzles.

d) blue and red are confusing colors for both groups.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302834

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


173) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the

152 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

The relative pronoun THAT can be omitted in all the sentences below, EXCEPT

a) The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function.

b) [...] the bilingual advantage was centered primarily in ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system.

c) [...] there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second language later in life. [...]

d) But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302840

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


174) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

One extracted fragment has its correct Tag Question. Mark the item.
a) The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age, don’t they?

b) Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years, has it?

153 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

c) These processes include ignoring distractions to stay focused, aren’t they?

d) Nobody ever doubted the power of language, did they?

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302849

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


175) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

Considering the use of comparison, mark the INCORRECT option.


a) [...] the advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse [...]

b) [...] with a wider range of people.

c) [...] the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century.

d) The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1302850

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2012


176) TEXT II

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter

Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the
advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can
have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even protecting from dementia in old age.

154 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

This view of bilingualism is remarkably different from the understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long
considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic and intellectual development. They were not wrong about the
interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in
which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve
internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

Bilinguals, for instance, seem to be more adept than monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles. In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red squares presented on a computer screen into two digital bins — one
marked with a blue square and the other marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the bin marked with
the blue square and red squares in the bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort by shape, which
was more challenging because it required placing the images in a bin marked with a conflicting color. The bilinguals were quicker at performing this task.

The collective evidence from a number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brain’s so-called executive function — a command system that
directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring
distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfully from one thing to another and holding information in mind — like remembering a sequence of directions while
driving.

Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage
was centered primarily in an ability for inhibition that was improved by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help
train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals
perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain from infancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-month-old babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other babies did
not.

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years. In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar Gollan of
the University of California, San Diego, found that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism — measured through a comparative evaluation of proficiency in each
language — were more resistant than others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of bilingualism, the later the
age of occurrence.

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. But who would have imagined that the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep imprint?

Adapted from
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/the-benefitsof-bilingualism.html

In the question “Why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition?” The author asked

a) if the fight between two simultaneously active language systems had improved these aspects of cognition.

b) why does the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improved those aspects of cognition?”

c) why the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improved those aspects of cognition.

d) if the fight between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition?”

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270581

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


177) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

Twilight

Twilight is a 2008 American romantic vampire film based ___ Stephenie Meyer’s popular novel of the same name. It is the first film in The Twilight Saga film series. This
film focuses on the development of the relationship between Bella Swan and Edward Cullen (a vampire), and the subsequent efforts of Cullen and his family to keep Swan
safe ___ a coven of evil vampires.

The project was in development for approximately 3 years ___ Paramount Pictures, during which time a screen adaptation that differed significantly from the novel was
written. Principal photography took 44 days and the film was primarily shot in Oregon.

Twilight was theatrically released ___ November 21 2010, grossing over US$392 million worldwide and became the most purchased DVD of the year. The soundtrack
was released in the same year. Following the success of the film, New Moon and Eclipse, the next two novels in the series, were produced as films the following year.

Adapted from Wikipedia

Choose the correct prepositions to fill in the gaps above.


a) of – off – at – in

b) about – to – over – at

c) under – for – off – in

d) on – from – at – on

155 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270582

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


178) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

Twilight

Twilight is a 2008 American romantic vampire film based on Stephenie Meyer’s popular novel of the same name. It is the first film in The Twilight Saga film series. This
film focuses on the development of the relationship between Bella Swan and Edward Cullen (a vampire), and the subsequent efforts of Cullen and his family to keep Swan
safe from a coven of evil vampires.

The project was in development for approximately 3 years at Paramount Pictures, during which time a screen adaptation that differed significantly from the novel was
written. Principal photography took 44 days and the film was primarily shot in Oregon.

Twilight was theatrically released on November 21 2010, grossing over US$392 million worldwide and became the most purchased DVD of the year. The soundtrack was
released in the same year. Following the success of the film, New Moon and Eclipse, the next two novels in the series, were produced as films the following year.

Adapted from Wikipedia

The text DOESN’T mention that


a) the movie changed a lot from its initial storyline.

b) all the trilogy was established on stories with similar names.

c) New Moon and Eclipse also became the most purchased DVDs in 2010.

d) the principal character, Cullen, tried to maintain the girl away from others of his species.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270583

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


179) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

Twilight

Twilight is a 2008 American romantic vampire film based on Stephenie Meyer’s popular novel of the same name. It is the first film in The Twilight Saga film series. This
film focuses on the development of the relationship between Bella Swan and Edward Cullen (a vampire), and the subsequent efforts of Cullen and his family to keep Swan
safe from a coven of evil vampires.

The project was in development for approximately 3 years at Paramount Pictures, during which time a screen adaptation that differed significantly from the novel was
written. Principal photography took 44 days and the film was primarily shot in Oregon.

Twilight was theatrically released on November 21 2010, grossing over US$392 million worldwide and became the most purchased DVD of the year. The soundtrack was
released in the same year. Following the success of the film, New Moon and Eclipse, the next two novels in the series, were produced as films the following year.

Adapted from Wikipedia

Considering the boldfaced adverb in the text, mark the sentence in which the underlined word has the function of an adverb.
a) Laura seems to be such a lovely person!

b) I won’t stay long, I promise.

c) Chess isn’t a very fast game.

d) Baseball is a hard game to understand.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270591

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


180) Directions: Read the lyrics and answer question.

Leave Out All The Rest (Linking Park)

Soundtrack of Twilight

I dreamed I was missing


You were so scared
But no one would listen
‘Cause no one else cared

After my dreaming

156 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

I woke with this fear


What am I leaving
When I’m done here
[...]

(Chorus)
When my time comes
Forget the wrong that I’ve done
Help me leave behind some
Reasons to be missed
[...]

Don’t be afraid
I’ve taken my beating
I’ve shared what I made
[...]

Pretending
Someone else can come and save me from myself
I can’t be who you are

Read the chorus of the song and choose the correct alternative.

The singer _____ _____ the wrong _____.

a) asked / to forget / he’d done

b) said / forget / I did

c) advised / forgetting / I’ve done

d) told / not to forget / they’ve done

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270593

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


181) Directions: Read the lyrics and answer question.

Leave Out All The Rest (Linking Park)

Soundtrack of Twilight

I dreamed I was missing


You were so scared
But no one would listen
‘Cause no one else cared

After my dreaming
I woke with this fear
What am I leaving
When I’m done here
[...]

(Chorus)
When my time comes
Forget the wrong that I’ve done
Help me leave behind some
Reasons to be missed
[...]

Don’t be afraid
I’ve taken my beating
I’ve shared what I made
[...]

Pretending
Someone else can come and save me from myself
I can’t be who you are

The line “I’ve shared what I made” is the answer to one question. Mark it.

a) What did I share to make?

b) Who made what I shared?

c) How have I shared what I made?

d) Who’s shared what I made?

157 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270608

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


182) Directions: Read the lyrics and answer question.

Leave Out All The Rest (Linking Park)

Soundtrack of Twilight

I dreamed I was missing


You were so scared
But no one would listen
‘Cause no one else cared

After my dreaming
I woke with this fear
What am I leaving
When I’m done here
[...]

(Chorus)
When my time comes
Forget the wrong that I’ve done
Help me leave behind some
Reasons to be missed
[...]

Don’t be afraid
I’ve taken my beating
I’ve shared what I made
[...]

Pretending
Someone else can come and save me from myself
I can’t be who you are

Observe the reflexive pronoun in italics (myself) and then read the sentences below.

I. Just help yourself, won’t you?


II. I hope the children behave themselves.
III. The chef himself welcomes the customers to the restaurant.

Considering the letters A (reflexive), B (emphatic) and C (idiomatic), match the sentences to the letters and choose the correct alternative.

a) I (A) / II (A) / III (C)

b) I (C) / II (C) / III (B)

c) I (B) / II (A) / III (B)

d) I (A) / II (B) / III (A)

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270630

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


183) Read the texts below in order to answer question according to them.

Titanic – The Movie

Storyline

In this fiction movie, 84 years later, a 100-year-old woman named Rose DeWitt Bukater tells the story to her granddaughter Lizzy Calvert and others about her life set on
April 10th 1912, on a ship called Titanic when young Rose boards the departing ship with the upper-class passengers, her mother Ruth DeWitt Bukater, and her fiancé.
Meanwhile, a drifter and artist named Jack Dawson and his best friend Fabrizio De Rossi win third-class tickets to the ship in a game. She explains the whole story from
departure until the death of Titanic on its first and last voyage April 15th, 1912 at 2:20 in the morning.

Adapted from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0120338/

"My Heart Will Go On" is the love theme of the 1997 blockbuster film Titanic. It was recorded by Celine Dion. Originally released in 1997, it went to number 1 all over the
world. It became Dion's biggest hit, and one of the best selling of all time, and was the world's best-selling single of 1998.

Adapted from Wikipedia

My Heart Will Go On (Celine Dion)

158 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Soundtrack of Titanic

Every night in my dreams


I see you, I feel you,
That is how I know you go on

Far across the distance


And spaces between us
You have come to show you go on

Near, far, wherever you are


I believe that the heart does go on
Once more you open the door
And you're here in my heart
And my heart will go on and on
[...]

http://www.stlyrics.com/lyrics/titanic/myheartwillgoon

After reading both Titanic storyline and soundtrack, we can conclude that
a) Rose and Jack promised each other to be together.

b) the couple was sure their love wouldn’t last forever.

c) Rose and Jack boarded the same ship.

d) Rose knew their dreams would come true.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270632

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


184) Read the texts below in order to answer question according to them.

Titanic – The Movie

Storyline

In this fiction movie, 84 years later, a 100-year-old woman named Rose DeWitt Bukater tells the story to her granddaughter Lizzy Calvert and others about her life set on
April 10th 1912, on a ship called Titanic when young Rose boards the departing ship with the upper-class passengers, her mother Ruth DeWitt Bukater, and her fiancé.
Meanwhile, a drifter and artist named Jack Dawson and his best friend Fabrizio De Rossi win third-class tickets to the ship in a game. She explains the whole story from
departure until the death of Titanic on its first and last voyage April 15th, 1912 at 2:20 in the morning.

Adapted from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0120338/

"My Heart Will Go On" is the love theme of the 1997 blockbuster film Titanic. It was recorded by Celine Dion. Originally released in 1997, it went to number 1 all over the
world. It became Dion's biggest hit, and one of the best selling of all time, and was the world's best-selling single of 1998.

Adapted from Wikipedia

My Heart Will Go On (Celine Dion)

Soundtrack of Titanic

Every night in my dreams


I see you, I feel you,
That is how I know you go on

Far across the distance


And spaces between us
You have come to show you go on

Near, far, wherever you are


I believe that the heart does go on
Once more you open the door
And you're here in my heart
And my heart will go on and on
[...]

http://www.stlyrics.com/lyrics/titanic/myheartwillgoon

Rose DeWitt Bukater is the

a) narrator.

159 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

b) protagonist of the real Titanic tragedy.

c) actress that starred this blockbuster.

d) inspiration for Celine Dion theme song.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270637

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


185) Read the texts below in order to answer question according to them.

Titanic – The Movie

Storyline

In this fiction movie, 84 years later, a 100-year-old woman named Rose DeWitt Bukater tells the story to her granddaughter Lizzy Calvert and others about her life set on
April 10th 1912, on a ship called Titanic when young Rose boards the departing ship with the upper-class passengers, her mother Ruth DeWitt Bukater, and her fiancé.
Meanwhile, a drifter and artist named Jack Dawson and his best friend Fabrizio De Rossi win third-class tickets to the ship in a game. She explains the whole story from
departure until the death of Titanic on its first and last voyage April 15th, 1912 at 2:20 in the morning.

Adapted from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0120338/

"My Heart Will Go On" is the love theme of the 1997 blockbuster film Titanic. It was recorded by Celine Dion. Originally released in 1997, it went to number 1 all over the
world. It became Dion's biggest hit, and one of the best selling of all time, and was the world's best-selling single of 1998.

Adapted from Wikipedia

My Heart Will Go On (Celine Dion)

Soundtrack of Titanic

Every night in my dreams


I see you, I feel you,
That is how I know you go on

Far across the distance


And spaces between us
You have come to show you go on

Near, far, wherever you are


I believe that the heart does go on
Once more you open the door
And you're here in my heart
And my heart will go on and on
[...]

http://www.stlyrics.com/lyrics/titanic/myheartwillgoon

In the 2nd verse of the last strophe the word “does”

a) is only used as an auxiliary verb of a present tense.

b) reinforces the word before it.

c) emphasizes the verb after it.

d) has the same meaning as the verb ‘to make’.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270643

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


186) Observe the cartoon and answer the question about it.

160 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.cartoonstock.com

The first boy

a) has never intended to be a Rolling Stone.

b) has never been a Rolling Stone, but wanted it had happened.

c) has already been a Rolling Stone.

d) hasn’t wished to be a Rolling Stone yet.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270655

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


187) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

How to Become a Stunt Double

A stunt double stands in for the actor when the action or fight scene gets dangerous or goes beyond the capabilities of the actor. To become a stunt double, you must be
in excellent physical condition and have special skills.

Instructions

1. Exercise regularly if you want to become a stunt double. Eat nutritiously for optimal health and strength.

2. Take lots of lessons because the more skills you have, the better. Gymnastics is extremely important in becoming a stunt double. Get good at trampoline,
skateboarding, swimming and high board diving. Take scuba diving lessons. Practice rock climbing and horseback riding. Learn to water ski and snow ski.

3. Enroll in martial arts classes, especially judo. Judo is excellent for learning how to break falls.

4. Get training in CP R(1) and First Aid. This training looks good on a résumé, especially for stunt double careers. Injuries happen.
5. Have valid driver's licenses for both car and motorcycle. Take advanced driving classes so you'll be qualified for difficult driving scenes.

6. Move to Hollywood and plan to work your way up from the bottom. You must get into the Screen Actors Guild(2) and have a union card(3).

Taken from Google

(1) Cardiopulmonary resuscitation.


(2) Annual prize promoted by the American Syndicate of Actors.
(3) A card certifying membership in an organization.

After reading this text, we can deduce that it

a) requests new stunt doubles.

b) briefs about what people should do to start any career.

c) recommends ways to deal with wounds and provides tips to be healthy to be a double.

d) questions the problems stunt doubles usually have to face.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270660

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


188) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

161 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

How to Become a Stunt Double

A stunt double stands in for the actor when the action or fight scene gets dangerous or goes beyond the capabilities of the actor. To become a stunt double, you must be
in excellent physical condition and have special skills.

Instructions

1. Exercise regularly if you want to become a stunt double. Eat nutritiously for optimal health and strength.

2. Take lots of lessons because the more skills you have, the better. Gymnastics is extremely important in becoming a stunt double. Get good at trampoline,
skateboarding, swimming and high board diving. Take scuba diving lessons. Practice rock climbing and horseback riding. Learn to water ski and snow ski.

3. Enroll in martial arts classes, especially judo. Judo is excellent for learning how to break falls.

4. Get training in CP R(1) and First Aid. This training looks good on a résumé, especially for stunt double careers. Injuries happen.
5. Have valid driver's licenses for both car and motorcycle. Take advanced driving classes so you'll be qualified for difficult driving scenes.

6. Move to Hollywood and plan to work your way up from the bottom. You must get into the Screen Actors Guild(2) and have a union card(3).

Taken from Google

(1) Cardiopulmonary resuscitation.


(2) Annual prize promoted by the American Syndicate of Actors.
(3) A card certifying membership in an organization.

After reading the first item of the instructions, mark the option that completes the gap in the converted sentence below.

“If you want to become a stunt double you ________ exercise regularly.”
a) had to

b) might

c) could

d) must

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270661

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


189) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

How to Become a Stunt Double

A stunt double stands in for the actor when the action or fight scene gets dangerous or goes beyond the capabilities of the actor. To become a stunt double, you must be
in excellent physical condition and have special skills.

Instructions

1. Exercise regularly if you want to become a stunt double. Eat nutritiously for optimal health and strength.

2. Take lots of lessons because the more skills you have, the better. Gymnastics is extremely important in becoming a stunt double. Get good at trampoline,
skateboarding, swimming and high board diving. Take scuba diving lessons. Practice rock climbing and horseback riding. Learn to water ski and snow ski.

3. Enroll in martial arts classes, especially judo. Judo is excellent for learning how to break falls.

4. Get training in CP R(1) and First Aid. This training looks good on a résumé, especially for stunt double careers. Injuries happen.
5. Have valid driver's licenses for both car and motorcycle. Take advanced driving classes so you'll be qualified for difficult driving scenes.

6. Move to Hollywood and plan to work your way up from the bottom. You must get into the Screen Actors Guild(2) and have a union card(3).

Taken from Google

(1) Cardiopulmonary resuscitation.


(2) Annual prize promoted by the American Syndicate of Actors.
(3) A card certifying membership in an organization.

One of the instructions below IS NOT stated in the text. Choose it.

In order to become a stunt double you


a) must have specific qualification for driving.

b) have to consume the necessary substances for your health.

c) need to be a black belt in martial arts.

162 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

d) have to show up in some specific surroundings.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270665

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


190) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

How to Become a Stunt Double

A stunt double stands in for the actor when the action or fight scene gets dangerous or goes beyond the capabilities of the actor. To become a stunt double, you must be
in excellent physical condition and have special skills.

Instructions

1. Exercise regularly if you want to become a stunt double. Eat nutritiously for optimal health and strength.

2. Take lots of lessons because the more skills you have, the better. Gymnastics is extremely important in becoming a stunt double. Get good at trampoline,
skateboarding, swimming and high board diving. Take scuba diving lessons. Practice rock climbing and horseback riding. Learn to water ski and snow ski.

3. Enroll in martial arts classes, especially judo. Judo is excellent for learning how to break falls.

4. Get training in CP R(1) and First Aid. This training looks good on a résumé, especially for stunt double careers. Injuries happen.
5. Have valid driver's licenses for both car and motorcycle. Take advanced driving classes so you'll be qualified for difficult driving scenes.

6. Move to Hollywood and plan to work your way up from the bottom. You must get into the Screen Actors Guild(2) and have a union card(3).

Taken from Google

(1) Cardiopulmonary resuscitation.


(2) Annual prize promoted by the American Syndicate of Actors.
(3) A card certifying membership in an organization.

Look at the bold comparative form (item 2). Choose the option that contains a similar construction.
a) The earlier we get there, the more likely we are to get good seats.

b) More and more people travel to England.

c) The smoothest Channel crossing you’ll ever have! Why not fly to France with British Airways? It’ll be the best decision you’ve ever made.

d) Our new jets are now far more luxurious.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270667

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


191) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

How to Become a Stunt Double

A stunt double stands in for the actor when the action or fight scene gets dangerous or goes beyond the capabilities of the actor. To become a stunt double, you must be
in excellent physical condition and have special skills.

Instructions

1. Exercise regularly if you want to become a stunt double. Eat nutritiously for optimal health and strength.

2. Take lots of lessons because the more skills you have, the better. Gymnastics is extremely important in becoming a stunt double. Get good at trampoline,
skateboarding, swimming and high board diving. Take scuba diving lessons. Practice rock climbing and horseback riding. Learn to water ski and snow ski.

3. Enroll in martial arts classes, especially judo. Judo is excellent for learning how to break falls.

4. Get training in CP R(1) and First Aid. This training looks good on a résumé, especially for stunt double careers. Injuries happen.
5. Have valid driver's licenses for both car and motorcycle. Take advanced driving classes so you'll be qualified for difficult driving scenes.

6. Move to Hollywood and plan to work your way up from the bottom. You must get into the Screen Actors Guild(2) and have a union card(3).

Taken from Google

(1) Cardiopulmonary resuscitation.


(2) Annual prize promoted by the American Syndicate of Actors.
(3) A card certifying membership in an organization.

163 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

In the article, the author DOES NOT


a) advise future doubles to train in First Aid to face possible injuries.

b) recommend to eat junky food.

c) instruct and give tips for developing a lot of different abilities.

d) mention that people should be qualified to join the career.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270671

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


192) Observe the fragment taken from the blues Blow Wind Blow (Muddy Waters, Paul Butterfield) to answer question.

When the sun rose this morning,


I didn't have my baby by my side.
When the sun rose this morning,
I didn't have my baby by my side.
I don't know where she was,
I know she's out with some another guy.

According to it, the author

a) affirms he doesn’t have his lover with him.

b) wishes she had another man.

c) wants her back anyway.

d) believes she will return that morning.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270674

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


193) Observe the fragment taken from the blues Blow Wind Blow (Muddy Waters, Paul Butterfield) to answer question.

When the sun rose this morning,


I didn't have my baby by my side.
When the sun rose this morning,
I didn't have my baby by my side.
I don't know where she was,
I know she's out with some another guy.

The sentence “I don't know where she was”

a) must have the order of its elements changed to be correct.

b) is grammatically correct.

c) should have the question word replaced by another one to be right.

d) needs a question mark to be right.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270677

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


194) Observe the fragment taken from the blues Blow Wind Blow (Muddy Waters, Paul Butterfield) to answer question.

When the sun rose this morning,


I didn't have my baby by my side.
When the sun rose this morning,
I didn't have my baby by my side.
I don't know where she was,
I know she's out with some another guy.

In the context of the song, the word “when” can be substituted for

a) while.

b) even though.

c) considering that.

d) by the time.

164 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270684

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


195) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

Murderesses Velma Kelly (a woman who killed her husband and sister after finding them in bed together) and Roxie Hart (who killed her boyfriend when she discovered
he wasn't going to make her a star) find themselves on death row together and fight for the fame that will keep them from the gallows, in 1920s musical Chicago.

Adapted from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0299658/plotsummary

Mark the most appropriate option. According to the plot summary, the musical Chicago shows

a) criminals trying to be the best-known ones.

b) women who were abandoned by their partners.

c) the biography of the sisters Velma Kelly and Roxie Hart.

d) the death row conditions in that city.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1270688

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2011


196) Directions: Read the text and answer question.

Murderesses Velma Kelly (a woman who killed her husband and sister after finding them in bed together) and Roxie Hart (who killed her boyfriend when she discovered
he wasn't going to make her a star) find themselves on death row together and fight for the fame that will keep them from the gallows, in 1920s musical Chicago.

Adapted from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0299658/plotsummary

The expression “ [...] the fame will keep them from the gallows [...]” means the fame

a) is an opportunity for a better life in the death row.

b) will go on.

c) is what they wanted when they committed the crimes.

d) could avoid an execution.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1306177

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2010


197) Read the text and answer question according to it.

When football professional in South Africa in 1959, 12 clubs broke from the amateur ranks. However, in the strict days of Apartheid, these pioneers
whites-only organizations and today, all but a few, defunct. One of the survivors is Arcadia from Tshwane/ Pretoria, an outfit that today competes in the
amateur ranks and concentrates on junior football.

http://www.fifa.com/worldcup

Mark the alternative which completes the gaps from the text correctly.
a) had gone – have been – were

b) went – were – are

c) have been – have been – would be

d) was – had been – will be

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1306181

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2010


198) Read the text and answer question according to it.

When football went professional in South Africa in 1959, 12 clubs broke from the amateur ranks. However, in the strict days of Apartheid, these pioneers were whites-only
organizations and are today, all but a few, defunct. One of the survivors is Arcadia from Tshwane/ Pretoria, an outfit that today competes in the amateur ranks and
concentrates on junior football.

http://www.fifa.com/worldcup

The text affirms that

165 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

a) days of Apartheid were extinguished as well as the prejudice against black football players.

b) the pioneers of profession football in South Africa were basically white.

c) there are no more organizations (professional or amateur) like the ones from the past.

d) in early 50’s in South Africa there weren’t amateur football clubs anymore.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1306186

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2010


199)

According to the cartoon, FIFA

a) pretends to improve the world.

b) mustn’t be considered an empire.

c) wants to have control over the Roman, Genghis Khan’s, and British Empires.

d) has more ambitious purposes than the others.

www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/1306196

DIRENS Aeronáutica - CFOAV (AFA)/AFA/2010


200) Read the text about the South Africans and answer question.

Many South Africans remain poor and unemployment is high − a factor blamed for a wave of violent attacks against migrant workers from other African countries in 2008
and protests by township residents over poor living conditions during the summer of 2009.

Land redistribution is a crucial problem that continues existing. Most farmland is still white-owned. land acquisition on a "willing buyer, willing seller" basis,
officials have signaled that large-scale expropriations are on the cards. The government aims to transfer 30% of farmland to black South Africans by 2014.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/country_profiles/1071886.stm

Mark the alternative that completes the gap with the correct verbal tense.
a) Have

b) Has

c) Had

d) Having

166 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40


TEC Concursos - Questões para concursos, provas, editais, simulados. https://www.tecconcursos.com.br/questoes/cadernos/experimental/411...

Gabarito
1) B 2) A 3) A 4) B 5) B 6) D 7) D
8) D 9) C 10) B 11) C 12) A 13) C 14) A
15) B 16) D 17) D 18) D 19) C 20) C 21) B
22) D 23) D 24) C 25) A 26) C 27) B 28) C
29) A 30) B 31) D 32) B 33) C 34) C 35) A
36) C 37) A 38) D 39) D 40) D 41) A 42) B
43) A 44) D 45) D 46) B 47) B 48) A 49) A
50) A 51) D 52) C 53) B 54) A 55) B 56) C
57) A 58) B 59) A 60) A 61) B 62) C 63) B
64) B 65) B 66) C 67) B 68) A 69) D 70) B
71) A 72) C 73) B 74) C 75) B 76) C 77) C
78) D 79) D 80) B 81) C 82) C 83) A 84) D
85) C 86) C 87) B 88) D 89) A 90) B 91) C
92) D 93) A 94) B 95) B 96) A 97) A 98) D
99) C 100) B 101) B 102) D 103) D 104) A 105) B
106) C 107) A 108) D 109) D 110) D 111) C 112) B
113) A 114) D 115) D 116) C 117) B 118) A 119) C
120) A 121) D 122) C 123) B 124) D 125) B 126) A
127) C 128) D 129) B 130) A 131) A 132) B 133) D
134) B 135) D 136) C 137) D 138) B 139) C 140) D
141) B 142) A 143) D 144) C 145) D 146) D 147) C
148) D 149) D 150) B 151) C 152) A 153) C 154) B
155) B 156) A 157) A 158) B 159) B 160) D 161) A
162) C 163) D 164) A 165) A 166) B 167) C 168) C
169) B 170) A 171) C 172) B 173) B 174) D 175) C
176) C 177) D 178) C 179) B 180) A 181) D 182) B
183) C 184) A 185) C 186) B 187) C 188) D 189) C
190) A 191) B 192) A 193) B 194) D 195) A 196) D
197) B 198) B 199) D 200) D

167 of 167 23/06/2023, 18:40

You might also like